1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 using namespace clang; 51 using namespace sema; 52 53 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 54 if (OwnedType) { 55 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 57 } 58 59 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 60 } 61 62 namespace { 63 64 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 65 public: 66 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 67 bool AllowTemplates=false) 68 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 69 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 70 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 71 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 72 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 73 } 74 75 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 76 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 77 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 78 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 79 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 80 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 81 } 82 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 83 } 84 85 private: 86 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 87 bool WantClassName; 88 bool AllowClassTemplates; 89 }; 90 91 } 92 93 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 94 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 95 switch (Kind) { 96 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 97 // token kind is a valid type specifier 98 case tok::kw_short: 99 case tok::kw_long: 100 case tok::kw___int64: 101 case tok::kw___int128: 102 case tok::kw_signed: 103 case tok::kw_unsigned: 104 case tok::kw_void: 105 case tok::kw_char: 106 case tok::kw_int: 107 case tok::kw_half: 108 case tok::kw_float: 109 case tok::kw_double: 110 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 111 case tok::kw_bool: 112 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 113 case tok::kw___auto_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 818 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 819 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 820 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 821 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 822 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 823 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 824 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 826 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 827 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 828 } 829 830 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 831 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 832 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 833 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 834 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 835 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 836 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 837 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 838 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 839 } 840 841 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 842 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 843 844 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 845 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 846 return Name; 847 848 // Also update the LookupResult... 849 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 850 Result.clear(); 851 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 852 if (FirstDecl) 853 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 854 855 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 856 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 857 // reference the ivar. 858 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 859 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 860 Result.clear(); 861 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 862 return E; 863 } 864 865 goto Corrected; 866 } 867 } 868 869 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 870 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 871 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 872 873 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 874 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 875 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 876 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 877 878 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 879 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 880 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 881 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 882 // qualified by the keyword typename. 883 // 884 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 885 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 886 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 887 // keyword here. 888 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 889 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 890 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 891 } 892 893 case LookupResult::Found: 894 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 895 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 896 break; 897 898 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 899 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 900 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 901 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 902 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 903 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 904 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 905 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 906 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 907 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 908 // ambiguous. 909 // 910 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 911 // so try again after filtering out template names. 912 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 913 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 914 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 915 break; 916 } 917 } 918 919 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 920 return NameClassification::Error(); 921 } 922 923 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 924 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 925 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 926 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 927 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 928 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 929 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 930 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 931 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 932 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 933 934 if (!Result.empty()) { 935 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 936 bool IsVarTemplate; 937 TemplateName Template; 938 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 939 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 940 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 941 Result.end()); 942 } else { 943 TemplateDecl *TD 944 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 945 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 946 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 948 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 949 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 950 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 951 TD); 952 else 953 Template = TemplateName(TD); 954 } 955 956 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 957 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 958 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 959 // to based on which function we selected. 960 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 961 962 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 963 } 964 965 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 966 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 967 } 968 } 969 970 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 971 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 972 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 973 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 974 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 975 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 976 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 977 return ParsedType::make(T); 978 } 979 980 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 981 if (!Class) { 982 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 983 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 984 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 985 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 986 } 987 988 if (Class) { 989 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 990 991 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 992 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 993 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 994 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 995 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 996 } 997 998 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 999 return ParsedType::make(T); 1000 } 1001 1002 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1003 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1004 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1005 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1006 1007 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1008 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1009 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1010 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1011 (NextIsOp && 1012 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1013 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1014 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1015 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1016 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1017 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1018 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1019 return ParsedType::make(T); 1020 } 1021 1022 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1023 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1024 nullptr, S); 1025 1026 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1027 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1028 } 1029 1030 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1031 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1032 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1033 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1034 1035 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1036 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1037 // the context we'll need to return to. 1038 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1039 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1040 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1041 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1042 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1043 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1044 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1045 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1046 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1047 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1048 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1049 1050 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1051 // lexical context. 1052 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1053 return DC; 1054 1055 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1056 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1057 // class is the context we need to return to. 1058 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1059 DC = RD; 1060 1061 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1062 // declared in. 1063 return DC; 1064 } 1065 1066 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1067 } 1068 1069 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1070 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1071 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1072 CurContext = DC; 1073 S->setEntity(DC); 1074 } 1075 1076 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1077 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1078 1079 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1080 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1081 } 1082 1083 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1084 Decl *D) { 1085 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1086 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1087 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1088 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1089 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1090 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1091 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1092 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1093 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1094 return Result; 1095 } 1096 1097 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1098 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1099 } 1100 1101 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1102 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1103 /// 1104 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1105 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1106 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1107 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1108 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1109 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1110 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1111 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1112 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1113 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1114 // namespace. 1115 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1116 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1117 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1118 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1119 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1120 1121 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1122 1123 #ifndef NDEBUG 1124 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1125 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1126 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1127 #endif 1128 1129 CurContext = DC; 1130 S->setEntity(DC); 1131 } 1132 1133 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1134 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1135 1136 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1137 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1138 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1139 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1140 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1141 1142 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1143 // disappear. 1144 } 1145 1146 1147 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1148 // We assume that the caller has already called 1149 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1150 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1151 if (!FD) 1152 return; 1153 1154 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1155 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1156 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1157 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1158 CurContext = FD; 1159 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1160 1161 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1162 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1163 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1164 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1165 S->AddDecl(Param); 1166 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1167 } 1168 } 1169 } 1170 1171 1172 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1173 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1174 // rather than the top-level class. 1175 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1176 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1177 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1178 } 1179 1180 1181 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1182 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1183 /// 1184 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1185 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1186 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1187 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1188 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1189 /// attribute. 1190 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1191 ASTContext &Context) { 1192 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1193 return true; 1194 1195 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1196 return true; 1197 1198 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1199 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1200 } 1201 1202 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1203 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1204 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1205 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1206 // scope. 1207 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1208 S = S->getParent(); 1209 1210 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1211 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1212 // into any context. 1213 if (AddToContext) 1214 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1215 1216 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1217 // are function-local declarations. 1218 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1219 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1220 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1221 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1222 return; 1223 1224 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1225 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1226 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1227 return; 1228 1229 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1230 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1231 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1232 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1233 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1234 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1235 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1236 1237 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1238 break; 1239 } 1240 } 1241 1242 S->AddDecl(D); 1243 1244 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1245 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1246 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1247 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1248 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1249 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1250 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1251 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1252 continue; 1253 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1254 break; 1255 } 1256 1257 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1258 } else { 1259 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1260 } 1261 } 1262 1263 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1264 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1265 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1266 } 1267 1268 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1269 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1270 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1271 } 1272 1273 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1274 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1275 do { 1276 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1277 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1278 return S; 1279 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1280 1281 return nullptr; 1282 } 1283 1284 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1285 DeclContext*, 1286 ASTContext&); 1287 1288 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1289 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1290 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1291 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1292 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1293 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1294 while (F.hasNext()) { 1295 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1296 1297 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1298 continue; 1299 1300 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1301 continue; 1302 1303 F.erase(); 1304 } 1305 1306 F.done(); 1307 } 1308 1309 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1310 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1311 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1312 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1313 } 1314 1315 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1316 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1317 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1318 while (F.hasNext()) 1319 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1320 F.erase(); 1321 1322 F.done(); 1323 } 1324 1325 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1326 /// @code 1327 /// class S { 1328 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1329 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1330 /// }; 1331 /// @endcode 1332 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1333 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1334 // the decl here. 1335 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1336 return false; 1337 1338 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1339 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1340 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1341 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1342 return false; 1343 } 1344 1345 // We need this to handle 1346 // 1347 // typedef struct { 1348 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1349 // } A; 1350 // 1351 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1352 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1353 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1354 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1355 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1356 // not. 1357 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1358 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1359 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1360 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1361 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1362 return true; 1363 } 1364 DC = DC->getParent(); 1365 } 1366 1367 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1368 } 1369 1370 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1371 // these semantics. 1372 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1373 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1374 return false; 1375 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1376 } 1377 1378 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1379 assert(D); 1380 1381 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1382 return false; 1383 1384 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1385 // of members of class templates. 1386 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1387 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1388 return false; 1389 1390 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1391 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1392 return false; 1393 1394 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1395 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1396 return false; 1397 } else { 1398 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1399 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1400 return false; 1401 } 1402 1403 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1404 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1405 return false; 1406 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1407 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1408 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1409 // like "inline".) 1410 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1411 return false; 1412 1413 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1414 return false; 1415 1416 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1417 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1418 return false; 1419 } else { 1420 return false; 1421 } 1422 1423 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1424 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1425 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1426 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1427 } 1428 1429 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1430 if (!D) 1431 return; 1432 1433 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1434 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1435 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1436 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1437 } 1438 1439 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1440 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1441 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1442 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1443 } 1444 1445 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1446 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1447 } 1448 1449 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1450 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1451 return false; 1452 1453 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1454 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1455 return false; 1456 1457 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1458 return true; 1459 1460 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1461 // functions. 1462 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1463 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1464 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1465 WithinFunction = 1466 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1467 if (!WithinFunction) 1468 return false; 1469 1470 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1471 return true; 1472 1473 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1474 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1475 return false; 1476 1477 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1478 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1479 1480 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1481 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1482 1483 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1484 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1485 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1486 return false; 1487 } 1488 1489 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1490 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1491 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1492 return false; 1493 1494 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1495 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1496 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1497 return false; 1498 1499 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1500 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1501 return false; 1502 1503 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1504 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1505 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1506 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1507 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1508 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1509 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1510 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1511 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1512 return false; 1513 } 1514 } 1515 } 1516 } 1517 1518 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1519 } 1520 1521 return true; 1522 } 1523 1524 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1525 FixItHint &Hint) { 1526 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1527 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1528 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1529 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1530 return; 1531 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1532 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1533 } 1534 return; 1535 } 1536 1537 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1538 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1539 return; 1540 1541 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1542 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1543 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1544 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1545 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1546 } 1547 } 1548 1549 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1550 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1551 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1552 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1553 return; 1554 1555 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1556 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1557 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1558 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1559 return; 1560 } 1561 1562 FixItHint Hint; 1563 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1564 1565 unsigned DiagID; 1566 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1567 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1568 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1569 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1570 else 1571 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1572 1573 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1574 } 1575 1576 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1577 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1578 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1579 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1580 // MS inline assembly label name. 1581 bool Diagnose = false; 1582 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1583 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1584 else 1585 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1586 if (Diagnose) 1587 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1588 } 1589 1590 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1591 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1592 1593 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1594 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1595 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1596 1597 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1598 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1599 1600 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1601 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1602 1603 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1604 1605 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1606 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1607 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1608 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1609 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1610 } 1611 1612 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1613 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1614 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1615 1616 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1617 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1618 } 1619 } 1620 1621 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1622 /// 1623 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1624 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1625 /// to the fixed name. 1626 /// 1627 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1628 /// 1629 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1630 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1631 /// 1632 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1633 /// class could not be found. 1634 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1635 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1636 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1637 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1638 // creation from this context. 1639 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1640 1641 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1642 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1643 // find an Objective-C class name. 1644 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1645 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1646 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1647 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1648 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1649 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1650 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1651 } 1652 } 1653 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1654 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1655 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1656 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1657 return Def; 1658 } 1659 1660 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1661 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1662 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1663 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1664 /// ill-formed in C++: 1665 /// @code 1666 /// struct S6 { 1667 /// enum { BAR } e; 1668 /// }; 1669 /// 1670 /// void test_S6() { 1671 /// struct S6 a; 1672 /// a.e = BAR; 1673 /// } 1674 /// @endcode 1675 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1676 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1677 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1678 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1679 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1680 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1681 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1682 /// contain non-field names. 1683 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1684 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1685 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1686 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1687 S = S->getParent(); 1688 return S; 1689 } 1690 1691 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1692 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1693 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1694 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1695 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1696 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1697 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1698 return; 1699 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1700 1701 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1702 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1703 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1704 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1705 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1706 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1707 } 1708 1709 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1710 switch (Error) { 1711 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1712 return ""; 1713 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1714 return "stdio.h"; 1715 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1716 return "setjmp.h"; 1717 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1718 return "ucontext.h"; 1719 } 1720 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1721 } 1722 1723 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1724 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1725 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1726 /// built-in. 1727 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1728 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1729 SourceLocation Loc) { 1730 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1731 1732 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1733 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1734 if (Error) { 1735 if (ForRedeclaration) 1736 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1737 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1738 return nullptr; 1739 } 1740 1741 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1742 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1743 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1744 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1745 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1746 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1747 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1748 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1749 } 1750 1751 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1752 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1753 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1754 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1756 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1757 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1758 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1759 } 1760 1761 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1762 Parent, 1763 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1764 SC_Extern, 1765 false, 1766 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1767 New->setImplicit(); 1768 1769 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1770 // FunctionDecl. 1771 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1772 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1773 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1774 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1775 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1776 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1777 SC_None, nullptr); 1778 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1779 Params.push_back(parm); 1780 } 1781 New->setParams(Params); 1782 } 1783 1784 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1785 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1786 1787 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1788 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1789 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1790 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1791 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1792 CurContext = Parent; 1793 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1794 CurContext = SavedContext; 1795 return New; 1796 } 1797 1798 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1799 /// entity if their types are the same. 1800 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1801 /// isSameEntity. 1802 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1803 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1804 LookupResult &Previous) { 1805 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1806 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1807 return; 1808 1809 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1810 if (Previous.empty()) 1811 return; 1812 1813 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1814 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1815 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1816 1817 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1818 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1819 continue; 1820 1821 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1822 // different linkages. 1823 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1824 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1825 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1826 continue; 1827 1828 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1829 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1830 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1831 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1832 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1833 continue; 1834 } 1835 1836 Filter.erase(); 1837 } 1838 1839 Filter.done(); 1840 } 1841 1842 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1843 QualType OldType; 1844 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1845 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1846 else 1847 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1848 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1849 1850 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1851 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1852 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1853 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1854 << Kind << NewType; 1855 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1856 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1857 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1858 return true; 1859 } 1860 1861 if (OldType != NewType && 1862 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1863 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1864 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1865 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1866 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1867 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1868 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1869 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1870 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1871 return true; 1872 } 1873 return false; 1874 } 1875 1876 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1877 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1878 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1879 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1880 /// 1881 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1882 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1883 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1884 // merging checks. 1885 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1886 1887 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1888 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1889 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1890 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1891 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1892 default: break; 1893 case 2: 1894 { 1895 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1896 break; 1897 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1898 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1899 break; 1900 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1901 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1902 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1903 break; 1904 } 1905 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1906 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1907 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1908 return; 1909 } 1910 case 5: 1911 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1912 break; 1913 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1914 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1915 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1916 return; 1917 case 3: 1918 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1919 break; 1920 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1921 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1922 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1923 return; 1924 } 1925 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1926 } 1927 1928 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1929 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1930 if (!Old) { 1931 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1932 << New->getDeclName(); 1933 1934 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1935 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1936 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1937 1938 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1939 } 1940 1941 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1942 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1943 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1944 1945 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1946 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1947 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1948 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1950 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1951 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1952 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1953 // instead of our tag. 1954 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1955 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1956 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1957 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1958 else 1959 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1960 1961 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1962 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1963 1964 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 1965 // out of the scope. 1966 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 1967 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 1968 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 1969 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 1970 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 1971 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 1972 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 1973 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 1974 } 1975 } 1976 } 1977 } 1978 1979 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1980 // with any extensions enabled. 1981 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1982 return; 1983 1984 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1985 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1986 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1987 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1988 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1989 } 1990 1991 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1992 return; 1993 1994 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1995 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1996 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1997 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1998 // to the type to which it already refers. 1999 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2000 return; 2001 2002 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2003 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2004 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2005 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2006 // 2007 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2008 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2009 // 2010 // struct S { 2011 // typedef struct A { } A; 2012 // }; 2013 // 2014 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2015 // allow the above but disallow 2016 // 2017 // struct S { 2018 // typedef int I; 2019 // typedef int I; 2020 // }; 2021 // 2022 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2023 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2024 return; 2025 2026 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2027 << New->getDeclName(); 2028 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2029 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2030 } 2031 2032 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2033 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2034 return; 2035 2036 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2037 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2038 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2039 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2040 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2041 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2042 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2043 return; 2044 2045 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2046 << New->getDeclName(); 2047 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2048 } 2049 2050 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2051 /// attribute. 2052 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2053 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2054 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2055 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2056 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2057 if (Ann) { 2058 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2059 return true; 2060 continue; 2061 } 2062 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2063 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2064 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2065 return true; 2066 } 2067 2068 return false; 2069 } 2070 2071 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2072 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2073 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2074 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2075 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2076 return true; 2077 } 2078 2079 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2080 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2081 /// 2082 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2083 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2084 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2085 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2086 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2087 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2088 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2089 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2090 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2091 // in a case like: 2092 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2093 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2094 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2095 // definition in such a case. 2096 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2097 return false; 2098 2099 if (I->isAlignas()) 2100 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2101 2102 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2103 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2104 OldAlign = Align; 2105 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2106 } 2107 } 2108 2109 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2110 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2111 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2112 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2113 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2114 return false; 2115 2116 if (I->isAlignas()) 2117 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2118 2119 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2120 if (Align > NewAlign) 2121 NewAlign = Align; 2122 } 2123 2124 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2125 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2126 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2127 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2128 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2129 2130 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2131 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2132 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2133 QualType Ty; 2134 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2135 Ty = VD->getType(); 2136 else 2137 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2138 2139 if (OldAlign == 0) 2140 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2141 if (NewAlign == 0) 2142 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2143 } 2144 2145 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2146 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2147 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2148 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2149 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2150 } 2151 } 2152 2153 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2154 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2155 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2156 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2157 // equivalent alignment. 2158 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2159 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2160 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2161 // have no alignment specifier. 2162 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2163 << OldAlignasAttr; 2164 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2165 << OldAlignasAttr; 2166 } 2167 2168 bool AnyAdded = false; 2169 2170 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2171 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2172 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2173 Clone->setInherited(true); 2174 New->addAttr(Clone); 2175 AnyAdded = true; 2176 } 2177 2178 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2179 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2180 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2181 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2182 Clone->setInherited(true); 2183 New->addAttr(Clone); 2184 AnyAdded = true; 2185 } 2186 2187 return AnyAdded; 2188 } 2189 2190 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2191 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2192 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2193 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2194 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2195 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2196 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2197 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2198 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2199 AA->getMessage(), AMK, 2200 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2201 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2202 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2203 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2204 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2205 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2206 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2207 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2208 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2209 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2210 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2211 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2212 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2213 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2214 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2215 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2216 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2217 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2218 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2219 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2220 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2221 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2222 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2223 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2224 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2225 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2226 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2227 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2228 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2229 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2230 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2231 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2232 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2233 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2234 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2235 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2236 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2237 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2238 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2239 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2240 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2241 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2242 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2243 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2244 NewAttr = nullptr; 2245 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2246 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2247 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2248 NewAttr = nullptr; 2249 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2250 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2251 2252 if (NewAttr) { 2253 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2254 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2255 return true; 2256 } 2257 2258 return false; 2259 } 2260 2261 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2262 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2263 return TD->getDefinition(); 2264 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2265 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2266 if (Def) 2267 return Def; 2268 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2269 } 2270 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2271 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2272 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2273 return Def; 2274 } 2275 return nullptr; 2276 } 2277 2278 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2279 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2280 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2281 return true; 2282 return false; 2283 } 2284 2285 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2286 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2287 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2288 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2289 return; 2290 2291 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2292 if (!Def || Def == New) 2293 return; 2294 2295 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2296 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2297 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2298 2299 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2300 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2301 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2302 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2303 2304 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2305 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2306 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2307 --E; 2308 continue; 2309 } 2310 } else { 2311 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2312 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2313 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2314 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2315 : diag::err_redefinition; 2316 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2317 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2318 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2319 } 2320 ++I; 2321 continue; 2322 } 2323 2324 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2325 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2326 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2327 ++I; 2328 continue; 2329 } 2330 } 2331 2332 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2333 ++I; 2334 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2335 } 2336 2337 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2338 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2339 ++I; 2340 continue; 2341 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2342 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2343 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2344 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2345 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2346 // equivalent alignment. 2347 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2348 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2349 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2350 // have no alignment specifier. 2351 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2352 << AA; 2353 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2354 << AA; 2355 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2356 --E; 2357 continue; 2358 } 2359 } 2360 2361 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2362 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2363 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2364 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2365 --E; 2366 } 2367 } 2368 2369 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2370 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2371 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2372 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2373 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2374 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2375 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2376 } 2377 2378 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2379 return; 2380 2381 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2382 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2383 2384 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2385 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2386 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2387 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2388 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2389 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2390 } 2391 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2392 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2393 // already been ODR-used. 2394 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2395 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2396 } 2397 } 2398 2399 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2400 return; 2401 2402 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2403 2404 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2405 // we process them. 2406 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2407 2408 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2409 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2410 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2411 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2412 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2413 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2414 switch (AMK) { 2415 case AMK_None: 2416 continue; 2417 2418 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2419 case AMK_Override: 2420 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2421 LocalAMK = AMK; 2422 break; 2423 } 2424 } 2425 2426 // Already handled. 2427 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2428 continue; 2429 2430 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2431 foundAny = true; 2432 } 2433 2434 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2435 foundAny = true; 2436 2437 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2438 } 2439 2440 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2441 /// to the new one. 2442 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2443 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2444 Sema &S) { 2445 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2446 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2447 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2448 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2449 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2450 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2451 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2452 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2453 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2454 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2455 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2456 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2457 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2458 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2459 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2460 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2461 } 2462 2463 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2464 return; 2465 2466 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2467 2468 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2469 // done before we process them. 2470 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2471 2472 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2473 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2474 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2475 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2476 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2477 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2478 foundAny = true; 2479 } 2480 } 2481 2482 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2483 } 2484 2485 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2486 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2487 Sema &S) { 2488 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2489 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2490 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2491 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2492 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2493 *Newnullability, 2494 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2495 != 0)) 2496 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2497 *Oldnullability, 2498 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2499 != 0)); 2500 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2501 } 2502 } else { 2503 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2504 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2505 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2506 NewT, NewT); 2507 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2508 } 2509 } 2510 } 2511 2512 namespace { 2513 2514 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2515 /// C. 2516 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2517 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2518 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2519 QualType PromotedType; 2520 }; 2521 2522 } 2523 2524 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2525 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2526 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2527 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2528 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2529 2530 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2531 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2532 2533 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2534 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2535 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2536 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2537 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2538 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2539 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2540 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2541 } 2542 2543 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2544 } 2545 2546 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2547 // declaration, or a declaration. 2548 template <typename T> 2549 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2550 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2551 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2552 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2553 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2554 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2555 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2556 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2557 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2558 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2559 } else 2560 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2561 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2562 } 2563 2564 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2565 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2566 /// GNU89 mode. 2567 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2568 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2569 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2570 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2571 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2572 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2573 } 2574 2575 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2576 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2577 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2578 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2579 return AT; 2580 } 2581 2582 template <typename T> 2583 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2584 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2585 if (DC->isRecord()) 2586 return false; 2587 2588 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2589 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2590 return true; 2591 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2592 return true; 2593 return false; 2594 } 2595 2596 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2597 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2598 2599 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2600 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2601 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2602 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2603 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2604 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2605 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2606 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2607 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2608 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2609 // and function templates; or 2610 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2611 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2612 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2613 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2614 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2615 2616 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2617 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2618 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2619 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2620 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2621 2622 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2623 if (Old && 2624 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2625 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2626 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2627 Old = nullptr; 2628 2629 if (!Old) { 2630 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2631 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2632 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2633 return true; 2634 } 2635 return false; 2636 } 2637 2638 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2639 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2640 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2641 2642 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2643 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2644 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2645 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2646 return true; 2647 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2648 }; 2649 2650 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2651 } 2652 2653 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2654 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2655 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2656 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2657 /// 2658 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2659 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2660 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2661 /// merged with. 2662 /// 2663 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2664 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2665 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2666 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2667 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2668 if (!Old) { 2669 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2670 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2671 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2672 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2673 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2674 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2675 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2676 return true; 2677 } 2678 2679 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2680 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2681 return true; 2682 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2683 } else { 2684 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2685 << New->getDeclName(); 2686 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2687 return true; 2688 } 2689 } 2690 2691 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2692 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2693 return true; 2694 2695 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2696 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2697 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2698 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2699 2700 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2701 // is an extern inline function. 2702 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2703 // storage classes. 2704 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2705 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2706 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2707 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2708 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2709 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2710 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2711 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2712 } else { 2713 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2714 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2715 return true; 2716 } 2717 } 2718 2719 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2720 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2721 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2722 << New->getDeclName(); 2723 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2724 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2725 } 2726 2727 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2728 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2729 // convention of the first. 2730 // 2731 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2732 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2733 // 2734 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2735 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2736 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2737 // 2738 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2739 // other tests to run. 2740 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2741 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2742 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2743 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2744 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2745 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2746 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2747 2748 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2749 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2750 const FunctionType *FT = 2751 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2752 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2753 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2754 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2755 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2756 // there but not here. 2757 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2758 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2759 } else { 2760 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2761 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2762 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2763 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2764 << !FirstCCExplicit 2765 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2766 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2767 2768 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2769 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2770 return true; 2771 } 2772 } 2773 2774 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2775 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2776 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2777 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2778 } 2779 2780 // Merge regparm attribute. 2781 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2782 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2783 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2784 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2785 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2786 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2787 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2788 return true; 2789 } 2790 2791 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2792 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2793 } 2794 2795 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2796 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2797 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2798 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2799 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2800 return true; 2801 } 2802 2803 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2804 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2805 } 2806 2807 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2808 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2809 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2810 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2811 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2812 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2813 } 2814 2815 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2816 // UndefinedButUsed. 2817 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2818 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2819 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2820 Old->isUsed(false) && 2821 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2822 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2823 SourceLocation())); 2824 2825 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2826 // about it. 2827 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2828 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2829 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2830 } 2831 2832 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2833 // redeclaration. 2834 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2835 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2836 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2837 << New->getDeclName(); 2838 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2839 return true; 2840 } 2841 2842 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2843 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2844 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2845 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2846 // cannot be overloaded. 2847 2848 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2849 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2850 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2851 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2852 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2853 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2854 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2855 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2856 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2857 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2858 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2859 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2860 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2861 QualType ResQT; 2862 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2863 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2864 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2865 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2866 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2867 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2868 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2869 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2870 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2871 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2872 else 2873 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2874 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2875 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2876 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2877 return true; 2878 } 2879 else 2880 NewQType = ResQT; 2881 } 2882 2883 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2884 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2885 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2886 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2887 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2888 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2889 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2890 New->setType( 2891 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2892 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2893 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2894 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2895 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2896 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2897 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2898 } 2899 } 2900 2901 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2902 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2903 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2904 // Preserve triviality. 2905 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2906 2907 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2908 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2909 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2910 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2911 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2912 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2913 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2914 2915 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2916 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2917 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2918 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2919 // is a static member function declaration. 2920 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2921 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2922 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2923 return true; 2924 } 2925 2926 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2927 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2928 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2929 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2930 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2931 unsigned NewDiag; 2932 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2933 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2934 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2935 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2936 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2937 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2938 else 2939 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2940 2941 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2942 } else { 2943 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2944 << New << New->getType(); 2945 } 2946 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2947 return true; 2948 2949 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2950 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2951 // 2952 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2953 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2954 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2955 if (isFriend) { 2956 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2957 } else { 2958 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2959 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2960 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2961 return true; 2962 } 2963 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2964 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2965 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2966 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2967 return true; 2968 } 2969 } 2970 2971 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2972 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2973 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2974 // attribute. 2975 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2976 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2977 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2978 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2979 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2980 } 2981 2982 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2983 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2984 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2985 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2986 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2987 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2988 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2989 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2990 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2991 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2992 } 2993 2994 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2995 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2996 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2997 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2998 2999 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3000 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3001 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3002 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 3003 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3004 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3005 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3006 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3007 } 3008 3009 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3010 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3011 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3012 // 3013 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3014 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3015 // linkage within class scope. 3016 // 3017 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3018 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3019 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3020 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3021 } else { 3022 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3023 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3024 return true; 3025 } 3026 } 3027 3028 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3029 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3030 3031 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3032 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3033 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3034 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3035 // when we instantiate the function. 3036 return false; 3037 } 3038 3039 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3040 } 3041 3042 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3043 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3044 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3045 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3046 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3047 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3048 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3049 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3050 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3051 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3052 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3053 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3054 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3055 NewQType = 3056 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3057 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3058 New->setType(NewQType); 3059 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3060 3061 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3062 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3063 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3064 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3065 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3066 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3067 SC_None, nullptr); 3068 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3069 Param->setImplicit(); 3070 Params.push_back(Param); 3071 } 3072 3073 New->setParams(Params); 3074 } 3075 3076 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3077 } 3078 3079 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3080 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3081 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3082 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3083 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3084 // the prototype. 3085 // 3086 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3087 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3088 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3089 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3090 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3091 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3092 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3093 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3094 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3095 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3096 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3097 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3098 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3099 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3100 3101 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3102 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3103 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3104 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3105 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3106 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3107 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3108 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3109 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3110 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3111 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3112 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3113 NewParm->getType(), 3114 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3115 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3116 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3117 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3118 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3119 } else 3120 LooseCompatible = false; 3121 } 3122 3123 if (LooseCompatible) { 3124 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3125 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3126 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3127 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3128 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3129 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3130 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3131 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3132 } 3133 3134 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3135 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3136 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3137 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3138 } 3139 3140 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3141 } 3142 3143 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3144 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3145 3146 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3147 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3148 unsigned BuiltinID; 3149 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3150 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3151 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3152 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3153 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3154 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3155 << Old << Old->getType(); 3156 3157 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3158 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3159 // 3160 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3161 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3162 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3163 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3164 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3165 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3166 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3167 3168 return false; 3169 } 3170 3171 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3172 } 3173 3174 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3175 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3176 return true; 3177 } 3178 3179 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3180 /// known to be compatible. 3181 /// 3182 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3183 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3184 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3185 /// redeclaration of Old. 3186 /// 3187 /// \returns false 3188 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3189 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3190 // Merge the attributes 3191 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3192 3193 // Merge "pure" flag. 3194 if (Old->isPure()) 3195 New->setPure(); 3196 3197 // Merge "used" flag. 3198 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3199 New->setIsUsed(); 3200 3201 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3202 // declarations. 3203 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3204 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3205 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3206 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3207 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3208 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3209 } 3210 3211 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3212 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3213 3214 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3215 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3216 // was visible. 3217 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3218 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3219 New->setType(Merged); 3220 3221 return false; 3222 } 3223 3224 3225 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3226 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3227 3228 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3229 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3230 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3231 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3232 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3233 : AMK_Override; 3234 3235 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3236 3237 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3238 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3239 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3240 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3241 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3242 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3243 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3244 3245 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3246 } 3247 3248 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3249 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3250 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3251 /// 3252 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3253 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3254 /// is attached. 3255 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3256 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3257 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3258 return; 3259 3260 QualType MergedT; 3261 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3262 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3263 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3264 return; 3265 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3266 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3267 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3268 } 3269 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3270 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3271 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3272 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3273 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3274 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3275 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3276 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3277 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3278 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3279 NewArray->getElementType())) 3280 MergedT = New->getType(); 3281 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3282 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3283 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3284 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3285 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3286 NewArray->getElementType())) 3287 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3288 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3289 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3290 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3291 Old->getType()); 3292 } 3293 } else { 3294 // C 6.2.7p2: 3295 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3296 // compatible type. 3297 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3298 } 3299 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3300 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3301 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3302 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3303 // equivalent. 3304 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3305 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3306 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3307 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3308 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3309 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3310 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3311 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3312 return; 3313 } 3314 3315 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3316 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3317 // 3318 // extern int arr[]; 3319 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3320 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3321 // 3322 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3323 // to diagnose it. 3324 Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3325 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3326 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3327 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3328 3329 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3330 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3331 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3332 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3333 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3334 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3335 } 3336 3337 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3338 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3339 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3340 New->setType(MergedT); 3341 } 3342 3343 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3344 LookupResult &Previous) { 3345 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3346 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3347 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3348 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3349 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3350 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3351 // 3352 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3353 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3354 return false; 3355 3356 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3357 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3358 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3359 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3360 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3361 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3362 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3363 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3364 } else { 3365 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3366 // type unless we're in the same function. 3367 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3368 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3369 } 3370 } 3371 3372 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3373 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3374 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3375 /// 3376 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3377 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3378 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3379 /// 3380 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3381 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3382 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3383 return; 3384 3385 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3386 return; 3387 3388 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3389 3390 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3391 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3392 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3393 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3394 if (NewTemplate) { 3395 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3396 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3397 3398 if (auto *Shadow = 3399 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3400 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3401 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3402 } else { 3403 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3404 3405 if (auto *Shadow = 3406 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3407 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3408 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3409 } 3410 } 3411 if (!Old) { 3412 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3413 << New->getDeclName(); 3414 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3415 diag::note_previous_definition); 3416 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3417 } 3418 3419 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3420 if (NewTemplate && 3421 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3422 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3423 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3424 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3425 3426 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3427 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3428 // 3429 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3430 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3431 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3432 << New->getIdentifier(); 3433 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3434 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3435 } 3436 3437 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3438 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3439 // declaration 3440 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3441 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3442 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3443 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3444 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3445 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3446 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3447 } 3448 3449 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3450 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3451 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3452 << New->getDeclName(); 3453 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3454 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3455 } 3456 3457 // Merge the types. 3458 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3459 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3460 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3461 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3462 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3463 return; 3464 } 3465 3466 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3467 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3468 return; 3469 3470 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3471 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3472 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3473 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3474 3475 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3476 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3477 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3478 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3479 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3480 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3481 << New->getDeclName(); 3482 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3483 } else { 3484 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3485 << New->getDeclName(); 3486 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3487 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3488 } 3489 } 3490 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3491 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3492 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3493 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3494 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3495 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3496 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3497 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3498 // identifier has external linkage. 3499 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3500 /* Okay */; 3501 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3502 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3503 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3504 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3505 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3506 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3507 } 3508 3509 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3510 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3511 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3512 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3513 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3514 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3515 } 3516 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3517 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3518 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3519 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3520 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3521 } 3522 3523 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3524 3525 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3526 // need to check for mismatches. 3527 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3528 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3529 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3530 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3531 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3532 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3533 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3534 } 3535 3536 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3537 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3538 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3539 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3540 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3541 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3542 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3543 } else { 3544 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3545 // static and dynamic initialization. 3546 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3547 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3548 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3549 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3550 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3551 } 3552 } 3553 3554 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3555 VarDecl *Def; 3556 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3557 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3558 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3559 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3560 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3561 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3562 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3563 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3564 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3565 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3566 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3567 } else { 3568 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3569 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3570 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3571 return; 3572 } 3573 } 3574 3575 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3576 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3577 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3578 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3579 return; 3580 } 3581 3582 // Merge "used" flag. 3583 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3584 New->setIsUsed(); 3585 3586 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3587 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3588 if (NewTemplate) 3589 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3590 3591 // Inherit access appropriately. 3592 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3593 if (NewTemplate) 3594 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3595 } 3596 3597 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3598 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3599 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3600 DeclSpec &DS) { 3601 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3602 } 3603 3604 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3605 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3606 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3607 // compatibility. 3608 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3609 // targeted. 3610 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3611 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3612 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3613 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3614 } 3615 3616 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3617 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3618 return; 3619 3620 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3621 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3622 // it is anonymous. 3623 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3624 return; 3625 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3626 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3627 Context.setManglingNumber( 3628 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3629 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3630 return; 3631 } 3632 3633 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3634 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3635 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3636 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3637 Context.setManglingNumber( 3638 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3639 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3640 } 3641 } 3642 3643 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3644 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3645 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3646 return; 3647 3648 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3649 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3650 return; 3651 3652 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3653 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3654 3655 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3656 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3657 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3658 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3659 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3660 return; 3661 } 3662 3663 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3664 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3665 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3666 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3667 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3668 // for how to handle it. 3669 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3670 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3671 3672 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3673 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3674 3675 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3676 textToInsert += ' '; 3677 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3678 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3679 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3680 return; 3681 } 3682 3683 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3684 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3685 } 3686 3687 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3688 switch (T) { 3689 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3690 return 0; 3691 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3692 return 1; 3693 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3694 return 2; 3695 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3696 return 3; 3697 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3698 return 4; 3699 default: 3700 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3701 } 3702 } 3703 3704 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3705 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3706 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3707 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3708 DeclSpec &DS, 3709 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3710 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3711 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3712 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3713 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3714 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3715 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3716 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3717 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3718 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3719 3720 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3721 return nullptr; 3722 3723 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3724 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3725 // it's a Type. 3726 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3727 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3728 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3729 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3730 } 3731 3732 if (Tag) { 3733 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3734 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3735 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3736 return Tag; 3737 } 3738 3739 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3740 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3741 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3742 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3743 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3744 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3745 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3746 } 3747 3748 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3749 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3750 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3751 if (Tag) 3752 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3753 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3754 else 3755 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3756 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3757 return TagD; 3758 } 3759 3760 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3761 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3762 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3763 // its initializer. 3764 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3765 return TagD; 3766 } 3767 3768 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3769 3770 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3771 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3772 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3773 if (TagD && !Tag) 3774 return nullptr; 3775 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3776 } 3777 3778 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3779 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3780 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3781 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3782 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3783 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3784 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3785 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3786 // or an explicit specialization. 3787 // 3788 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3789 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3790 // 3791 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3792 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3793 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3794 return nullptr; 3795 } 3796 3797 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3798 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3799 3800 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3801 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3802 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3803 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3804 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3805 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3806 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3807 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3808 3809 DeclaresAnything = false; 3810 } 3811 } 3812 3813 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3814 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3815 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3816 // 3817 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3818 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3819 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3820 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3821 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3822 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3823 // struct STRUCT; 3824 // union UNION; 3825 // and 3826 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3827 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3828 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3829 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3830 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3831 if (Tag) 3832 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3833 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3834 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3835 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3836 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3837 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3838 3839 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3840 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3841 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3842 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3843 } 3844 3845 DeclaresAnything = false; 3846 } 3847 } 3848 3849 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3850 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3851 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3852 return TagD; 3853 3854 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3855 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3856 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3857 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3858 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3859 DeclaresAnything = false; 3860 3861 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3862 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3863 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3864 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3865 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3866 else 3867 DeclaresAnything = false; 3868 } 3869 3870 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3871 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3872 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3873 << Tag->getTagKind() 3874 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3875 3876 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3877 3878 // C 6.7/2: 3879 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3880 // or the members of an enumeration. 3881 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3882 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3883 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3884 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3885 // previous declaration. 3886 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3887 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3888 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3889 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3890 return TagD; 3891 } 3892 3893 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3894 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3895 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3896 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3897 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3898 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3899 // 3900 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3901 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3902 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3903 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3904 3905 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3906 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3907 // useless. 3908 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3909 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3910 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3911 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3912 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3913 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3914 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3915 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3916 } 3917 3918 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3919 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3920 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3921 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3922 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3923 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3924 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3925 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3926 // Restrict is covered above. 3927 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3928 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3929 } 3930 3931 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3932 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3933 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3934 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3935 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3936 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3937 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3938 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3939 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3940 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3941 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3942 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3943 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3944 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3945 } 3946 } 3947 3948 return TagD; 3949 } 3950 3951 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3952 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3953 /// 3954 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3955 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3956 Scope *S, 3957 DeclContext *Owner, 3958 DeclarationName Name, 3959 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3960 bool IsUnion) { 3961 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3962 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3963 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3964 3965 // Pick a representative declaration. 3966 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3967 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3968 3969 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3970 return false; 3971 3972 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 3973 << IsUnion << Name; 3974 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3975 3976 return true; 3977 } 3978 3979 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3980 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3981 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3982 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3983 /// struct, e.g., 3984 /// 3985 /// @code 3986 /// union { 3987 /// int i; 3988 /// float f; 3989 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3990 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3991 /// @endcode 3992 /// 3993 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3994 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3995 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3996 DeclContext *Owner, 3997 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3998 AccessSpecifier AS, 3999 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 4000 bool MSAnonStruct) { 4001 bool Invalid = false; 4002 4003 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4004 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4005 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4006 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4007 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4008 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4009 VD->getLocation(), 4010 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4011 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4012 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4013 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4014 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4015 Invalid = true; 4016 } else { 4017 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4018 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4019 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4020 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4021 // anonymous union is declared. 4022 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4023 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4024 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4025 else 4026 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4027 4028 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4029 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4030 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4031 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4032 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4033 4034 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4035 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4036 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 4037 4038 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4039 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4040 4041 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4042 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4043 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4044 4045 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4046 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4047 4048 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4049 } 4050 } 4051 } 4052 4053 return Invalid; 4054 } 4055 4056 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4057 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4058 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4059 static StorageClass 4060 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4061 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4062 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4063 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4064 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4065 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4066 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4067 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4068 return SC_None; 4069 return SC_Extern; 4070 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4071 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4072 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4073 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4074 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4075 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4076 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4077 } 4078 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4079 } 4080 4081 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4082 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4083 4084 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4085 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4086 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4087 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4088 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4089 return FD->getLocation(); 4090 } 4091 4092 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4093 } 4094 4095 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4096 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4097 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4098 return; 4099 4100 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4101 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4102 } 4103 4104 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4105 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4106 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4107 return; 4108 4109 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4110 } 4111 4112 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4113 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4114 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4115 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4116 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4117 AccessSpecifier AS, 4118 RecordDecl *Record, 4119 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4120 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4121 4122 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4123 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4124 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4125 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4126 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4127 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4128 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4129 4130 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4131 // structs/unions. 4132 bool Invalid = false; 4133 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4134 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4135 unsigned DiagID; 4136 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4137 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4138 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4139 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4140 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4141 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4142 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4143 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4144 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4145 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4146 4147 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4148 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4149 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4150 } 4151 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4152 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4153 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4154 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4155 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4156 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4157 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4158 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4159 4160 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4161 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4162 SourceLocation(), 4163 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4164 } 4165 } 4166 4167 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4168 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4169 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4170 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4171 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4172 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4173 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4174 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4175 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4176 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4177 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4178 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4179 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4180 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4181 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4182 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4183 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4184 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4185 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4186 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4187 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4188 4189 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4190 } 4191 4192 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4193 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4194 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4195 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4196 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4197 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4198 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4199 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4200 // members (clause 11). 4201 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4202 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4203 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4204 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4205 Invalid = true; 4206 } 4207 4208 // C++ [class.union]p1 4209 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4210 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4211 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4212 // array of such objects. 4213 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4214 Invalid = true; 4215 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4216 // Any implicit members are fine. 4217 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4218 // This is a type that showed up in an 4219 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4220 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4221 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4222 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4223 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4224 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4225 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4226 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4227 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4228 << Record->isUnion(); 4229 else { 4230 // This is a nested type declaration. 4231 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4232 << Record->isUnion(); 4233 Invalid = true; 4234 } 4235 } else { 4236 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4237 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4238 // not part of standard C++. 4239 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4240 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4241 << Record->isUnion(); 4242 } 4243 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4244 // Any access specifier is fine. 4245 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4246 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4247 } else { 4248 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4249 // member. Complain about it. 4250 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4251 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4252 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4253 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4254 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4255 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4256 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4257 4258 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4259 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4260 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4261 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4262 << Record->isUnion(); 4263 else { 4264 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4265 Invalid = true; 4266 } 4267 } 4268 } 4269 4270 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4271 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4272 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4273 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4274 Owner->isRecord()) 4275 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4276 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4277 } 4278 4279 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4280 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4281 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4282 Invalid = true; 4283 } 4284 4285 // Mock up a declarator. 4286 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4287 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4288 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4289 4290 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4291 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4292 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4293 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4294 DS.getLocStart(), 4295 Record->getLocation(), 4296 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4297 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4298 TInfo, 4299 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4300 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4301 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4302 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4303 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4304 } else { 4305 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4306 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4307 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4308 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4309 // an error here 4310 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4311 Invalid = true; 4312 SC = SC_None; 4313 } 4314 4315 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4316 DS.getLocStart(), 4317 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4318 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4319 TInfo, SC); 4320 4321 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4322 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4323 // initializer: 4324 // union { int n = 0; }; 4325 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4326 } 4327 Anon->setImplicit(); 4328 4329 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4330 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4331 4332 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4333 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4334 // its members. 4335 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4336 4337 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4338 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4339 // purposes. 4340 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4341 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4342 4343 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4344 Chain, false)) 4345 Invalid = true; 4346 4347 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4348 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4349 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4350 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4351 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4352 Context.setManglingNumber( 4353 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4354 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4355 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4356 } 4357 } 4358 } 4359 4360 if (Invalid) 4361 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4362 4363 return Anon; 4364 } 4365 4366 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4367 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4368 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4369 /// Example: 4370 /// 4371 /// struct A { int a; }; 4372 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4373 /// 4374 /// void foo() { 4375 /// B var; 4376 /// var.a = 3; 4377 /// } 4378 /// 4379 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4380 RecordDecl *Record) { 4381 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4382 4383 // Mock up a declarator. 4384 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4385 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4386 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4387 4388 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4389 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4390 4391 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4392 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4393 ParentDecl, 4394 DS.getLocStart(), 4395 DS.getLocStart(), 4396 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4397 RecTy, 4398 TInfo, 4399 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4400 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4401 Anon->setImplicit(); 4402 4403 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4404 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4405 4406 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4407 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4408 // purposes. 4409 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4410 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4411 4412 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4413 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4414 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4415 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4416 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4417 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4418 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4419 } 4420 4421 return Anon; 4422 } 4423 4424 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4425 /// given Declarator. 4426 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4427 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4428 } 4429 4430 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4431 DeclarationNameInfo 4432 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4433 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4434 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4435 4436 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4437 4438 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4439 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4440 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4441 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4442 return NameInfo; 4443 4444 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4445 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4446 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4447 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4448 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4449 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4450 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4451 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4452 return NameInfo; 4453 4454 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4455 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4456 Name.Identifier)); 4457 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4458 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4459 return NameInfo; 4460 4461 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4462 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4463 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4464 if (Ty.isNull()) 4465 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4466 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4467 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4468 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4469 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4470 return NameInfo; 4471 } 4472 4473 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4474 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4475 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4476 if (Ty.isNull()) 4477 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4478 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4479 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4480 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4481 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4482 return NameInfo; 4483 } 4484 4485 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4486 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4487 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4488 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4489 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4490 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4491 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4492 4493 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4494 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4495 4496 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4497 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4498 // was qualified. 4499 4500 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4501 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4502 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4503 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4504 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4505 return NameInfo; 4506 } 4507 4508 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4509 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4510 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4511 if (Ty.isNull()) 4512 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4513 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4514 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4515 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4516 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4517 return NameInfo; 4518 } 4519 4520 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4521 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4522 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4523 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4524 } 4525 4526 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4527 4528 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4529 } 4530 4531 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4532 do { 4533 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4534 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4535 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4536 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4537 else 4538 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4539 } while (true); 4540 } 4541 4542 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4543 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4544 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4545 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4546 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4547 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4548 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4549 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4550 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4551 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4552 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4553 Params.clear(); 4554 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4555 return false; 4556 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4557 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4558 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4559 4560 // The parameter types are identical 4561 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4562 continue; 4563 4564 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4565 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4566 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4567 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4568 4569 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4570 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4571 Params.push_back(Idx); 4572 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4573 return false; 4574 } 4575 4576 return true; 4577 } 4578 4579 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4580 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4581 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4582 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4583 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4584 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4585 DeclarationName Name) { 4586 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4587 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4588 // - types which will become injected class names 4589 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4590 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4591 // few cases here. 4592 4593 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4594 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4595 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4596 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4597 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4598 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4599 // Grab the type from the parser. 4600 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4601 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4602 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4603 4604 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4605 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4606 // attached already. 4607 if (!TSI) 4608 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4609 4610 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4611 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4612 if (!TSI) return true; 4613 4614 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4615 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4616 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4617 break; 4618 } 4619 4620 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4621 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4622 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4623 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4624 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4625 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4626 break; 4627 } 4628 4629 default: 4630 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4631 break; 4632 } 4633 4634 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4635 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4636 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4637 4638 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4639 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4640 // pointer. 4641 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4642 continue; 4643 4644 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4645 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4646 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4647 return true; 4648 } 4649 4650 return false; 4651 } 4652 4653 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4654 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4655 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4656 4657 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4658 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4659 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4660 4661 return Dcl; 4662 } 4663 4664 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4665 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4666 /// name different from T: 4667 /// - every static data member of class T; 4668 /// - every member function of class T 4669 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4670 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4671 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4672 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4673 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4674 4675 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4676 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4677 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4678 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4679 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4680 return true; 4681 } 4682 4683 return false; 4684 } 4685 4686 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4687 /// nested-name-specifier. 4688 /// 4689 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4690 /// 4691 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4692 /// resolves. 4693 /// 4694 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4695 /// 4696 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4697 /// 4698 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4699 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4700 DeclarationName Name, 4701 SourceLocation Loc) { 4702 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4703 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4704 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4705 4706 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4707 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4708 // 4709 // class X { 4710 // void X::f(); 4711 // }; 4712 // 4713 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4714 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4715 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4716 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4717 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4718 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4719 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4720 SS.clear(); 4721 } else { 4722 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4723 } 4724 return false; 4725 } 4726 4727 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4728 // declaration. 4729 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4730 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4731 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4732 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4733 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4734 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4735 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4736 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4737 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4738 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4739 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4740 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4741 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4742 else 4743 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4744 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4745 4746 return true; 4747 } 4748 4749 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4750 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4751 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4752 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4753 SS.clear(); 4754 4755 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4756 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4757 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4758 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4759 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4760 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4761 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4762 return true; 4763 4764 return false; 4765 } 4766 4767 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4768 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4769 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4770 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4771 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4772 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4773 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4774 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4775 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4776 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4777 4778 return false; 4779 } 4780 4781 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4782 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4783 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4784 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4785 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4786 4787 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4788 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4789 if (!Name) { 4790 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4791 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4792 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4793 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4794 return nullptr; 4795 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4796 return nullptr; 4797 4798 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4799 // we find one that is. 4800 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4801 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4802 S = S->getParent(); 4803 4804 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4805 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4806 D.setInvalidType(); 4807 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4808 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4809 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4810 return nullptr; 4811 4812 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4813 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4814 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4815 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4816 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4817 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4818 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4819 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4820 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4821 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4822 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4823 return nullptr; 4824 } 4825 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4826 4827 if (!IsDependentContext && 4828 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4829 return nullptr; 4830 4831 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4832 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4833 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4834 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4835 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4836 return nullptr; 4837 } 4838 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4839 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4840 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4841 if (DC->isRecord()) 4842 return nullptr; 4843 4844 D.setInvalidType(); 4845 } 4846 } 4847 4848 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4849 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4850 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4851 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4852 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4853 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4854 D.setInvalidType(); 4855 } 4856 } 4857 4858 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4859 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4860 4861 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4862 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4863 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4864 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4865 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4866 return nullptr; 4867 4868 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4869 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4870 D.setInvalidType(); 4871 4872 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4873 ForRedeclaration); 4874 4875 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4876 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4877 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4878 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4879 4880 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4881 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4882 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4883 // 4884 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4885 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4886 // the same name. 4887 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4888 /* Do nothing*/; 4889 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4890 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4891 R->isFunctionType())) { 4892 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4893 CreateBuiltins = 4894 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4895 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4896 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4897 CreateBuiltins = true; 4898 4899 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4900 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4901 4902 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4903 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4904 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4905 4906 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4907 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4908 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4909 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4910 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4911 // thereof; [...] 4912 // 4913 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4914 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4915 // we want to match. For example, given: 4916 // 4917 // class X { 4918 // void f(); 4919 // void f(float); 4920 // }; 4921 // 4922 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4923 // 4924 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4925 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4926 // matches. 4927 4928 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4929 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4930 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4931 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4932 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4933 } 4934 4935 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4936 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4937 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4938 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4939 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4940 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4941 4942 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4943 Previous.clear(); 4944 } 4945 4946 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4947 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4948 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4949 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4950 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4951 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4952 Previous.clear(); 4953 4954 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4955 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4956 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4957 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4958 4959 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 4960 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 4961 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 4962 // template, declared in namespace scope 4963 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4964 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 4965 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4966 return nullptr; 4967 } 4968 4969 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 4970 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4971 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 4972 return nullptr; 4973 } 4974 } 4975 4976 NamedDecl *New; 4977 4978 bool AddToScope = true; 4979 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4980 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4981 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4982 return nullptr; 4983 } 4984 4985 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4986 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4987 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4988 TemplateParamLists, 4989 AddToScope); 4990 } else { 4991 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4992 AddToScope); 4993 } 4994 4995 if (!New) 4996 return nullptr; 4997 4998 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4999 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 5000 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 5001 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 5002 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5003 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5004 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5005 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5006 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5007 if (!AddToContext) 5008 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5009 } 5010 5011 return New; 5012 } 5013 5014 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5015 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5016 /// GCC compatibility). 5017 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5018 ASTContext &Context, 5019 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5020 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5021 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5022 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5023 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5024 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5025 SizeIsNegative = false; 5026 Oversized = 0; 5027 5028 if (T->isDependentType()) 5029 return QualType(); 5030 5031 QualifierCollector Qs; 5032 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5033 5034 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5035 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5036 QualType FixedType = 5037 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5038 Oversized); 5039 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5040 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5041 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5042 } 5043 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5044 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5045 QualType FixedType = 5046 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5047 Oversized); 5048 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5049 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5050 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5051 } 5052 5053 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5054 if (!VLATy) 5055 return QualType(); 5056 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5057 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5058 return QualType(); 5059 5060 llvm::APSInt Res; 5061 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5062 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5063 return QualType(); 5064 5065 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5066 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5067 SizeIsNegative = true; 5068 return QualType(); 5069 } 5070 5071 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5072 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5073 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5074 Res); 5075 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5076 Oversized = Res; 5077 return QualType(); 5078 } 5079 5080 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5081 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5082 } 5083 5084 static void 5085 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5086 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5087 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5088 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5089 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5090 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5091 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5092 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5093 return; 5094 } 5095 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5096 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5097 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5098 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5099 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5100 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5101 return; 5102 } 5103 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5104 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5105 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5106 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5107 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5108 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5109 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5110 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5111 } 5112 5113 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5114 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5115 /// GCC compatibility). 5116 static TypeSourceInfo* 5117 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5118 ASTContext &Context, 5119 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5120 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5121 QualType FixedTy 5122 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5123 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5124 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5125 return nullptr; 5126 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5127 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5128 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5129 return FixedTInfo; 5130 } 5131 5132 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5133 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5134 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5135 /// function-scope declarations. 5136 void 5137 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5138 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5139 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5140 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5141 return; 5142 5143 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5144 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5145 } 5146 5147 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5148 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5149 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5150 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5151 } 5152 5153 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5154 /// does not identify a function. 5155 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5156 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5157 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5158 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5159 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5160 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5161 5162 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5163 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5164 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5165 5166 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5167 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5168 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5169 5170 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5171 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5172 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5173 } 5174 5175 NamedDecl* 5176 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5177 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5178 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5179 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5180 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5181 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5182 D.setInvalidType(); 5183 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5184 DC = CurContext; 5185 Previous.clear(); 5186 } 5187 5188 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5189 5190 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5191 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5192 << 1; 5193 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5194 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5195 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5196 5197 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5198 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5199 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5200 return nullptr; 5201 } 5202 5203 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5204 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5205 5206 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5207 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5208 5209 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5210 5211 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5212 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5213 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5214 return ND; 5215 } 5216 5217 void 5218 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5219 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5220 // then it shall have block scope. 5221 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5222 // that redeclarations will match. 5223 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5224 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5225 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5226 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5227 5228 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5229 bool SizeIsNegative; 5230 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5231 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5232 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5233 SizeIsNegative, 5234 Oversized); 5235 if (FixedTInfo) { 5236 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5237 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5238 } else { 5239 if (SizeIsNegative) 5240 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5241 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5242 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5243 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5244 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5245 << Oversized.toString(10); 5246 else 5247 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5248 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5249 } 5250 } 5251 } 5252 } 5253 5254 5255 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5256 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5257 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5258 NamedDecl* 5259 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5260 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5261 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5262 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5263 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5264 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5265 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5266 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5267 Redeclaration = true; 5268 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5269 } 5270 5271 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5272 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5273 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5274 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5275 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5276 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5277 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5278 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5279 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5280 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5281 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5282 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5283 } 5284 5285 return NewTD; 5286 } 5287 5288 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5289 /// previous declaration. 5290 /// 5291 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5292 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5293 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5294 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5295 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5296 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5297 /// 5298 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5299 /// lookup 5300 /// 5301 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5302 /// declared. 5303 /// 5304 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5305 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5306 static bool 5307 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5308 ASTContext &Context) { 5309 if (!PrevDecl) 5310 return false; 5311 5312 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5313 return false; 5314 5315 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5316 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5317 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5318 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5319 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5320 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5321 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5322 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5323 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5324 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5325 return false; 5326 5327 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5328 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5329 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5330 return false; 5331 5332 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5333 // previous declarations. 5334 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5335 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5336 5337 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5338 // isn't the same function. 5339 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5340 return false; 5341 } 5342 5343 return true; 5344 } 5345 5346 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5347 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5348 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5349 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5350 } 5351 5352 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5353 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5354 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5355 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5356 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5357 unsigned kind = -1U; 5358 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5359 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5360 kind = 0; // __block 5361 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5362 kind = 1; // global 5363 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5364 kind = 3; // ivar 5365 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5366 kind = 2; // field 5367 } 5368 5369 if (kind != -1U) { 5370 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5371 << kind; 5372 } 5373 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5374 // Try to infer lifetime. 5375 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5376 return false; 5377 5378 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5379 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5380 decl->setType(type); 5381 } 5382 5383 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5384 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5385 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5386 var->getTLSKind()) { 5387 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5388 << var->getType(); 5389 return true; 5390 } 5391 } 5392 5393 return false; 5394 } 5395 5396 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5397 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5398 // the wrong linkage. 5399 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5400 5401 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5402 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5403 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5404 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5405 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5406 } 5407 } 5408 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5409 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5410 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5411 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5412 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5413 } 5414 } 5415 5416 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5417 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5418 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5419 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5420 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5421 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5422 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5423 } 5424 } 5425 } 5426 5427 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5428 // It does not apply to functions. 5429 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5430 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5431 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5432 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5433 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5434 } 5435 } 5436 5437 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5438 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5439 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5440 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5441 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5442 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5443 << &ND << Attr; 5444 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5445 } 5446 } 5447 5448 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5449 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5450 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5451 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5452 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5453 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5454 << Attr; 5455 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5456 } 5457 } 5458 5459 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5460 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5461 bool IsSpecialization) { 5462 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5463 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5464 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5465 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5466 5467 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5468 return; 5469 5470 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5471 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5472 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5473 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5474 5475 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5476 // inherited attribute instances. 5477 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5478 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5479 5480 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5481 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5482 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5483 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5484 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5485 5486 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5487 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5488 bool JustWarn = false; 5489 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5490 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5491 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5492 JustWarn = true; 5493 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5494 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5495 JustWarn = true; 5496 } 5497 5498 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5499 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5500 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5501 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5502 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5503 JustWarn = false; 5504 5505 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5506 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5507 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5508 << NewDecl 5509 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5510 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5511 if (!JustWarn) { 5512 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5513 return; 5514 } 5515 } 5516 5517 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5518 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5519 // and qualified friend declarations. 5520 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5521 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5522 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5523 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5524 // separately. 5525 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5526 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5527 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5528 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5529 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5530 } 5531 5532 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5533 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5534 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5535 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5536 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5537 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5538 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5539 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5540 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5541 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5542 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5543 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5544 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5545 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5546 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5547 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5548 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5549 } 5550 } 5551 5552 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5553 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5554 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5555 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5556 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5557 5558 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5559 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5560 5561 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5562 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5563 return false; 5564 5565 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5566 5567 #ifndef NDEBUG 5568 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5569 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5570 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5571 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5572 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5573 #endif 5574 5575 bool isC99Inline = 5576 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5577 5578 #ifndef NDEBUG 5579 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5580 #endif 5581 5582 return isC99Inline; 5583 } 5584 5585 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5586 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5587 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5588 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5589 /// 5590 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5591 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5592 /// 5593 /// For instance: 5594 /// 5595 /// auto x = []{}; 5596 /// 5597 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5598 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5599 /// 5600 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5601 template<typename T> 5602 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5603 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5604 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5605 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5606 return false; 5607 5608 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes if overloading is enabled. 5609 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 5610 (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5611 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5612 return false; 5613 } 5614 return D->isExternC(); 5615 } 5616 5617 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5618 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5619 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5620 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5621 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5622 return true; 5623 if (DC->isRecord()) 5624 return false; 5625 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5626 } 5627 5628 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5629 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5630 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5631 return true; 5632 if (DC->isRecord()) 5633 return false; 5634 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5635 } 5636 5637 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5638 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5639 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5640 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5641 return true; 5642 return false; 5643 } 5644 5645 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5646 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5647 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5648 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5649 return true; 5650 5651 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5652 // position to the decl itself. 5653 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5654 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5655 return true; 5656 } 5657 5658 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5659 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5660 } 5661 5662 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5663 /// function-local external declaration. 5664 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5665 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5666 return false; 5667 5668 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5669 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5670 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5671 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5672 return true; 5673 5674 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5675 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5676 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5677 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5678 // 5679 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5680 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5681 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5682 DC = DC->getParent(); 5683 return true; 5684 } 5685 5686 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5687 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5688 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5689 return FD->isExternC(); 5690 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5691 return VD->isExternC(); 5692 5693 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5694 } 5695 5696 NamedDecl * 5697 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5698 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5699 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5700 bool &AddToScope) { 5701 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5702 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5703 5704 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5705 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5706 5707 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5708 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5709 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5710 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5711 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5712 SC = SC_Extern; 5713 5714 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5715 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5716 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5717 5718 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5719 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5720 QualType NR = R; 5721 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5722 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5723 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5724 D.setInvalidType(); 5725 break; 5726 } 5727 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5728 } 5729 5730 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5731 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5732 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5733 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5734 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5735 D.setInvalidType(); 5736 } 5737 } 5738 } 5739 5740 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5741 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5742 // an error here 5743 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5744 D.setInvalidType(); 5745 SC = SC_None; 5746 } 5747 5748 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5749 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5750 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5751 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5752 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5753 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5754 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5755 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5756 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5757 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5758 } 5759 5760 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5761 if (!II) { 5762 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5763 << Name; 5764 return nullptr; 5765 } 5766 5767 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5768 5769 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5770 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5771 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5772 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5773 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5774 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5775 D.setInvalidType(); 5776 } 5777 } 5778 5779 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5780 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5781 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5782 // space qualifiers. 5783 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5784 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5785 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5786 } 5787 5788 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5789 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5790 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5791 // address space qualifiers. 5792 if (R->isEventT()) { 5793 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5794 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5795 D.setInvalidType(); 5796 } 5797 5798 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5799 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5800 D.setInvalidType(); 5801 } 5802 } 5803 } 5804 5805 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5806 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5807 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5808 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5809 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5810 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5811 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5812 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5813 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5814 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5815 R, TInfo, SC); 5816 5817 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5818 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5819 5820 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5821 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5822 } else { 5823 bool Invalid = false; 5824 5825 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5826 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5827 switch (SC) { 5828 case SC_None: 5829 break; 5830 case SC_Static: 5831 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5832 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5833 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5834 break; 5835 case SC_Auto: 5836 case SC_Register: 5837 case SC_Extern: 5838 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5839 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5840 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5841 // of class members 5842 5843 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5844 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5845 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5846 break; 5847 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5848 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5849 } 5850 } 5851 5852 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5853 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5854 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5855 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5856 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5857 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5858 5859 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5860 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5861 if (RD->isUnion()) 5862 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5863 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5864 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5865 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5866 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5867 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5868 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5869 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5870 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5871 } 5872 } 5873 5874 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5875 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5876 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5877 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5878 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5879 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5880 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5881 : nullptr, 5882 TemplateParamLists, 5883 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5884 5885 if (TemplateParams) { 5886 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5887 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5888 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5889 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5890 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5891 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5892 << II 5893 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5894 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5895 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5896 } else { 5897 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5898 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5899 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5900 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5901 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5902 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5903 // This is a template declaration. 5904 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5905 5906 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5907 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5908 return nullptr; 5909 5910 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5911 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5912 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5913 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5914 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5915 } 5916 } 5917 } else { 5918 assert( 5919 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5920 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5921 } 5922 5923 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5924 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5925 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5926 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5927 : SourceLocation(); 5928 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5929 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5930 IsPartialSpecialization); 5931 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5932 return nullptr; 5933 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5934 AddToScope = false; 5935 } else 5936 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5937 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5938 5939 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5940 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5941 NewTemplate = 5942 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5943 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5944 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5945 } 5946 5947 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5948 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5949 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5950 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5951 5952 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5953 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5954 if (NewTemplate) 5955 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5956 } 5957 5958 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5959 5960 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5961 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5962 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5963 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5964 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5965 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 5966 5967 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5968 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5969 5970 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5971 NewVD->setConcept(true); 5972 5973 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 5974 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 5975 // specifiers, [...] 5976 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 5977 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5978 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5979 << 0 << 0; 5980 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5981 } 5982 5983 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 5984 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 5985 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5986 << 0 << 3; 5987 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5988 } 5989 } 5990 } 5991 5992 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5993 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5994 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5995 if (NewTemplate) 5996 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5997 5998 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5999 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6000 6001 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6002 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6003 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6004 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6005 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6006 // explicitly. 6007 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6008 // 'extern'. 6009 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6010 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6011 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6012 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6013 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6014 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6015 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6016 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6017 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6018 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6019 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6020 // error should be ignored. 6021 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6022 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6023 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6024 // to emit any code for it. 6025 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6026 } else 6027 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6028 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6029 } else 6030 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6031 } 6032 6033 // C99 6.7.4p3 6034 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6035 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6036 // thread storage duration... 6037 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6038 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6039 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6040 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6041 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6042 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6043 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6044 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6045 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6046 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6047 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6048 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6049 } 6050 } 6051 6052 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6053 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6054 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6055 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6056 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6057 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6058 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6059 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6060 << 2 6061 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6062 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6063 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6064 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6065 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6066 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6067 else { 6068 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6069 if (NewTemplate) 6070 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6071 } 6072 } 6073 6074 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6075 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6076 6077 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6078 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6079 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6080 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6081 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6082 // storage [duration]." 6083 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6084 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6085 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6086 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6087 } 6088 } 6089 6090 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6091 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6092 // check the VarDecl itself. 6093 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6094 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6095 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6096 6097 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6098 // retainable type. 6099 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6100 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6101 6102 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6103 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6104 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6105 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6106 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6107 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6108 switch (SC) { 6109 case SC_None: 6110 case SC_Auto: 6111 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6112 break; 6113 case SC_Register: 6114 // Local Named register 6115 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6116 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6117 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6118 break; 6119 case SC_Static: 6120 case SC_Extern: 6121 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6122 break; 6123 } 6124 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6125 // Global Named register 6126 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6127 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6128 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6129 6130 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6131 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6132 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6133 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6134 HasSizeMismatch)) 6135 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6136 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6137 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6138 } 6139 6140 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6141 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6142 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6143 } 6144 } 6145 6146 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6147 Context, Label, 0)); 6148 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6149 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6150 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6151 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6152 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6153 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6154 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6155 } else 6156 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6157 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6158 } 6159 } 6160 6161 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6162 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6163 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6164 6165 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6166 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6167 // declaration has linkage). 6168 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6169 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6170 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6171 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6172 6173 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6174 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6175 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6176 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6177 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6178 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6179 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6180 6181 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6182 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6183 } else { 6184 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6185 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6186 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6187 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6188 6189 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6190 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6191 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6192 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6193 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6194 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6195 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6196 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6197 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6198 Previous.clear(); 6199 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6200 } 6201 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6202 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6203 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6204 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6205 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6206 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6207 } 6208 6209 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6210 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6211 6212 if (NewTemplate) { 6213 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6214 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6215 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6216 : nullptr; 6217 6218 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6219 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6220 // template declaration. 6221 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6222 TemplateParams, 6223 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6224 : nullptr, 6225 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6226 DC->isDependentContext()) 6227 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6228 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6229 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6230 6231 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6232 // template, make a note of that. 6233 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6234 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6235 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6236 } 6237 } 6238 6239 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6240 6241 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6242 // the map of such variables. 6243 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6244 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6245 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6246 6247 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6248 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6249 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6250 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6251 Context.setManglingNumber( 6252 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6253 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6254 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6255 } 6256 } 6257 6258 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6259 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6260 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6261 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6262 6263 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6264 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6265 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6266 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6267 6268 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6269 // behavior. 6270 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6271 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6272 } 6273 6274 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6275 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6276 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6277 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6278 } 6279 6280 if (NewTemplate) { 6281 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6282 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6283 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6284 return NewTemplate; 6285 } 6286 6287 return NewVD; 6288 } 6289 6290 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6291 /// -Wshadow. 6292 /// 6293 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6294 /// scope. 6295 /// 6296 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6297 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6298 /// 6299 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6300 // Return if warning is ignored. 6301 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6302 return; 6303 6304 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6305 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6306 return; 6307 6308 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6309 6310 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6311 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6312 return; 6313 6314 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6315 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6316 return; 6317 6318 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6319 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6320 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6321 if (MD->isStatic()) 6322 return; 6323 6324 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6325 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6326 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6327 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6328 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6329 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6330 ShadowedDecl = I; 6331 break; 6332 } 6333 } 6334 6335 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6336 6337 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6338 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6339 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6340 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6341 return; 6342 6343 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6344 // static data members from base classes? 6345 6346 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6347 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6348 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6349 } 6350 6351 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6352 unsigned Kind; 6353 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6354 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6355 Kind = 3; // field 6356 else 6357 Kind = 2; // static data member 6358 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6359 Kind = 1; // global 6360 else 6361 Kind = 0; // local 6362 6363 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6364 6365 // Emit warning and note. 6366 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6367 return; 6368 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6369 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6370 } 6371 6372 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6373 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6374 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6375 return; 6376 6377 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6378 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6379 LookupName(R, S); 6380 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6381 } 6382 6383 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6384 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6385 template<typename T> 6386 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6387 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6388 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6389 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6390 6391 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6392 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6393 // declaration. 6394 return false; 6395 } 6396 6397 if (Prev) { 6398 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6399 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6400 // redeclaration. 6401 Previous.clear(); 6402 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6403 return true; 6404 } 6405 6406 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6407 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6408 // declaration. 6409 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6410 return false; 6411 } else { 6412 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6413 // translation unit which might conflict. 6414 if (IsGlobal) { 6415 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6416 IsGlobal = false; 6417 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6418 I != E; ++I) { 6419 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6420 Prev = *I; 6421 break; 6422 } 6423 } 6424 } else { 6425 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6426 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6427 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6428 I != E; ++I) { 6429 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6430 Prev = *I; 6431 break; 6432 } 6433 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6434 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6435 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6436 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6437 // diagnostic. 6438 } 6439 } 6440 6441 if (!Prev) 6442 return false; 6443 } 6444 6445 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6446 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6447 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6448 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6449 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6450 else 6451 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6452 6453 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6454 << IsGlobal << ND; 6455 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6456 << IsGlobal; 6457 return false; 6458 } 6459 6460 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6461 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6462 /// 6463 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6464 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6465 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6466 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6467 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6468 template<typename T> 6469 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6470 LookupResult &Previous) { 6471 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6472 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6473 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6474 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6475 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6476 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6477 Previous.clear(); 6478 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6479 return true; 6480 } 6481 } 6482 return false; 6483 } 6484 6485 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6486 // declaration. 6487 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6488 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6489 6490 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6491 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6492 // in another scope. 6493 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6494 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6495 6496 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6497 return false; 6498 } 6499 6500 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6501 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6502 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6503 return; 6504 6505 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6506 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6507 6508 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6509 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6510 return; 6511 6512 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6513 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6514 6515 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6516 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6517 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6518 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6519 NewVD->setType(T); 6520 } 6521 6522 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6523 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6524 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6525 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6526 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6527 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6528 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6529 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6530 return; 6531 } 6532 6533 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6534 // scope. 6535 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6536 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6537 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6538 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6539 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6540 return; 6541 } 6542 6543 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6544 // __constant address space. 6545 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6546 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6547 // address space. 6548 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6549 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) { 6550 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6551 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6552 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6553 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6554 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6555 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6556 << "global or constant"; 6557 else 6558 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6559 << "constant"; 6560 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6561 return; 6562 } 6563 } else { 6564 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6565 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6566 // address space. 6567 if (NewVD->isStaticLocal() && 6568 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6569 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6570 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6571 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6572 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6573 << "global or constant"; 6574 else 6575 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6576 << "constant"; 6577 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6578 return; 6579 } 6580 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6581 // in functions. 6582 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6583 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6584 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6585 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6586 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6587 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6588 << "constant"; 6589 else 6590 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6591 << "local"; 6592 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6593 return; 6594 } 6595 } 6596 } 6597 } 6598 6599 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6600 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6601 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6602 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6603 else { 6604 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6605 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6606 } 6607 } 6608 6609 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6610 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6611 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6612 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6613 6614 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6615 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6616 bool SizeIsNegative; 6617 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6618 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6619 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6620 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6621 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6622 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6623 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6624 // int a[10][n]; 6625 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6626 6627 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6628 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6629 << SizeRange; 6630 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6631 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6632 << SizeRange; 6633 else 6634 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6635 << SizeRange; 6636 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6637 return; 6638 } 6639 6640 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6641 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6642 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6643 else 6644 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6645 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6646 return; 6647 } 6648 6649 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6650 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6651 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6652 } 6653 6654 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6655 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6656 // of objects and functions. 6657 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6658 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6659 << T; 6660 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6661 return; 6662 } 6663 } 6664 6665 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6666 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6667 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6668 return; 6669 } 6670 6671 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6672 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6673 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6674 return; 6675 } 6676 6677 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6678 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6679 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6680 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6681 return; 6682 } 6683 } 6684 6685 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6686 /// declaration. 6687 /// 6688 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6689 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6690 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6691 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6692 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6693 /// 6694 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6695 /// 6696 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6697 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6698 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6699 6700 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6701 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6702 return false; 6703 6704 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6705 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6706 if (Previous.empty() && 6707 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6708 Previous.setShadowed(); 6709 6710 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6711 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6712 return true; 6713 } 6714 return false; 6715 } 6716 6717 namespace { 6718 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6719 Sema *S; 6720 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6721 6722 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6723 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6724 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6725 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6726 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6727 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6728 6729 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6730 6731 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6732 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6733 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6734 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6735 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6736 6737 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6738 } 6739 6740 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6741 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6742 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6743 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6744 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6745 return true; 6746 } 6747 } 6748 6749 return false; 6750 } 6751 }; 6752 6753 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6754 } // end anonymous namespace 6755 6756 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6757 /// overriden methods. 6758 /// 6759 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6760 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6761 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6762 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6763 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6764 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6765 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6766 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6767 I != E; ++I) { 6768 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6769 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6770 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6771 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6772 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6773 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6774 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6775 } 6776 } 6777 6778 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6779 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6780 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6781 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6782 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6783 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6784 FOM.Method = MD; 6785 FOM.S = this; 6786 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6787 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6788 bool AddedAny = false; 6789 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6790 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6791 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6792 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6793 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6794 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6795 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6796 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6797 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6798 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6799 AddedAny = true; 6800 } 6801 } 6802 } 6803 } 6804 6805 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6806 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6807 } 6808 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6809 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6810 } 6811 6812 return AddedAny; 6813 } 6814 6815 namespace { 6816 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6817 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6818 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6819 Scope *S; 6820 Declarator &D; 6821 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6822 bool AddToScope; 6823 }; 6824 } 6825 6826 namespace { 6827 6828 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6829 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6830 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6831 public: 6832 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6833 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6834 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6835 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6836 6837 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6838 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6839 return false; 6840 6841 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6842 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6843 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6844 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6845 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6846 6847 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6848 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6849 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6850 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6851 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6852 return true; 6853 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6854 return true; 6855 } 6856 } 6857 } 6858 6859 return false; 6860 } 6861 6862 private: 6863 ASTContext &Context; 6864 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6865 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6866 }; 6867 6868 } 6869 6870 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6871 /// 6872 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6873 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6874 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6875 /// the same name. 6876 /// 6877 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6878 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6879 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6880 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6881 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6882 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6883 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6884 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6885 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6886 TypoCorrection Correction; 6887 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6888 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6889 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6890 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6891 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6892 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6893 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6894 6895 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6896 if (IsLocalFriend) 6897 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6898 else 6899 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6900 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6901 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6902 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6903 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6904 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6905 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6906 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6907 if (FD && 6908 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6909 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6910 // involve a parameter 6911 unsigned ParamNum = 6912 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6913 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6914 } 6915 } 6916 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6917 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6918 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6919 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6920 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6921 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6922 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6923 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6924 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6925 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6926 Previous.clear(); 6927 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6928 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6929 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6930 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6931 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6932 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6933 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6934 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6935 } 6936 } 6937 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6938 6939 NamedDecl *Result; 6940 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6941 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6942 { 6943 // Trap errors. 6944 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6945 6946 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6947 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6948 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6949 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6950 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6951 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6952 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6953 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6954 6955 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6956 Result = nullptr; 6957 } 6958 6959 if (Result) { 6960 // Determine which correction we picked. 6961 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6962 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6963 I != E; ++I) 6964 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6965 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6966 6967 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6968 Correction, 6969 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6970 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6971 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6972 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6973 return Result; 6974 } 6975 6976 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6977 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6978 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6979 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6980 Previous.clear(); 6981 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6982 } 6983 6984 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6985 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6986 6987 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6988 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6989 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6990 6991 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6992 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6993 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6994 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6995 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6996 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6997 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6998 6999 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7000 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7001 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7002 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7003 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7004 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7005 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7006 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7007 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7008 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7009 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7010 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7011 } else 7012 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7013 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7014 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7015 } 7016 return nullptr; 7017 } 7018 7019 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7020 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7021 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7022 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7023 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7024 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7025 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7026 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7027 D.setInvalidType(); 7028 break; 7029 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7030 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7031 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7032 return SC_None; 7033 return SC_Extern; 7034 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7035 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7036 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7037 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7038 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7039 // other than extern 7040 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7041 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7042 diag::err_static_block_func); 7043 break; 7044 } else 7045 return SC_Static; 7046 } 7047 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7048 } 7049 7050 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7051 return SC_None; 7052 } 7053 7054 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7055 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7056 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7057 StorageClass SC, 7058 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7059 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7060 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7061 7062 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7063 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7064 7065 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7066 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7067 // prototype. This true when: 7068 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7069 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7070 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7071 bool HasPrototype = 7072 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7073 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7074 7075 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7076 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7077 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7078 HasPrototype, false); 7079 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7080 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7081 7082 return NewFD; 7083 } 7084 7085 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7086 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7087 7088 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7089 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7090 // the class has been completely parsed. 7091 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7092 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7093 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7094 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7095 D.setInvalidType(); 7096 7097 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7098 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7099 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7100 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7101 7102 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7103 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7104 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7105 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7106 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7107 isConstexpr); 7108 7109 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7110 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7111 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7112 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7113 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7114 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7115 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7116 D.getLocStart(), 7117 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7118 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7119 7120 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7121 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7122 // it yet. 7123 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7124 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7125 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7126 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7127 } 7128 7129 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7130 return NewDD; 7131 7132 } else { 7133 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7134 D.setInvalidType(); 7135 7136 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7137 // code path. 7138 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7139 D.getLocStart(), 7140 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7141 SC, isInline, 7142 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7143 } 7144 7145 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7146 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7147 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7148 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7149 return nullptr; 7150 } 7151 7152 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7153 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7154 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7155 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7156 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7157 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7158 7159 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7160 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7161 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7162 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7163 // constructor if it has no return type). 7164 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7165 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7166 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7167 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7168 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7169 return nullptr; 7170 } 7171 7172 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7173 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7174 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7175 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7176 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7177 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7178 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7179 return Ret; 7180 } else { 7181 bool isFriend = 7182 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7183 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7184 return nullptr; 7185 7186 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7187 // prototype. This true when: 7188 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7189 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7190 D.getLocStart(), 7191 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7192 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7193 } 7194 } 7195 7196 enum OpenCLParamType { 7197 ValidKernelParam, 7198 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7199 PtrKernelParam, 7200 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7201 InvalidKernelParam, 7202 RecordKernelParam 7203 }; 7204 7205 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7206 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7207 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7208 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7209 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7210 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7211 : PtrKernelParam; 7212 } 7213 7214 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7215 // be used as builtin types. 7216 7217 if (PT->isImageType()) 7218 return PtrKernelParam; 7219 7220 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7221 return InvalidKernelParam; 7222 7223 if (PT->isEventT()) 7224 return InvalidKernelParam; 7225 7226 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7227 return InvalidKernelParam; 7228 7229 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7230 return RecordKernelParam; 7231 7232 return ValidKernelParam; 7233 } 7234 7235 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7236 Sema &S, 7237 Declarator &D, 7238 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7239 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7240 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7241 7242 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7243 // used again 7244 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7245 return; 7246 7247 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7248 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7249 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7250 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7251 // pointer to a pointer type. 7252 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7253 D.setInvalidType(); 7254 return; 7255 7256 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7257 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7258 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7259 // pointer to the private address space. 7260 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7261 D.setInvalidType(); 7262 return; 7263 7264 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7265 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7266 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7267 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7268 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7269 7270 case InvalidKernelParam: 7271 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7272 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7273 // of event_t type. 7274 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7275 D.setInvalidType(); 7276 return; 7277 7278 case PtrKernelParam: 7279 case ValidKernelParam: 7280 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7281 return; 7282 7283 case RecordKernelParam: 7284 break; 7285 } 7286 7287 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7288 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7289 7290 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7291 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7292 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7293 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7294 7295 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7296 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7297 7298 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7299 7300 do { 7301 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7302 if (!Next) { 7303 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7304 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7305 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7306 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7307 7308 continue; 7309 } 7310 7311 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7312 // field itself) to the history stack. 7313 const RecordDecl *RD; 7314 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7315 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7316 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7317 } else { 7318 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7319 } 7320 7321 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7322 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7323 7324 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7325 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7326 7327 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7328 continue; 7329 7330 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7331 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7332 continue; 7333 7334 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7335 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7336 continue; 7337 } 7338 7339 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7340 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7341 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7342 // union. 7343 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7344 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7345 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7346 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7347 << PT->isUnionType() 7348 << PT; 7349 } else { 7350 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7351 } 7352 7353 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7354 << PD->getDeclName(); 7355 7356 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7357 // the offending field came from 7358 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7359 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7360 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7361 I != E; ++I) { 7362 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7363 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7364 << OuterField->getType(); 7365 } 7366 7367 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7368 << QT->isPointerType() 7369 << QT; 7370 D.setInvalidType(); 7371 return; 7372 } 7373 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7374 } 7375 7376 NamedDecl* 7377 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7378 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7379 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7380 bool &AddToScope) { 7381 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7382 7383 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7384 7385 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7386 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7387 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7388 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7389 7390 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7391 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7392 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7393 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7394 7395 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7396 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7397 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7398 7399 bool isFriend = false; 7400 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7401 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7402 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7403 7404 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7405 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7406 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7407 7408 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7409 7410 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7411 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7412 7413 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7414 isVirtualOkay); 7415 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7416 7417 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7418 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7419 7420 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7421 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7422 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7423 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7424 7425 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7426 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7427 7428 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7429 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7430 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7431 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7432 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7433 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7434 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7435 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7436 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7437 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7438 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7439 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7440 } 7441 7442 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7443 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7444 // return true). 7445 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7446 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7447 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7448 NewFD->setPure(true); 7449 7450 // C++ [class.union]p2 7451 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7452 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7453 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7454 } 7455 7456 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7457 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7458 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7459 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7460 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7461 7462 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7463 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7464 bool Invalid = false; 7465 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7466 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7467 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7468 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7469 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7470 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7471 : nullptr, 7472 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7473 Invalid)) { 7474 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7475 // This is a function template 7476 7477 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7478 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7479 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7480 7481 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7482 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7483 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7484 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7485 } 7486 7487 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7488 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7489 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7490 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7491 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7492 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7493 Invalid = true; 7494 } 7495 7496 7497 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7498 NewFD->getLocation(), 7499 Name, TemplateParams, 7500 NewFD); 7501 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7502 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7503 7504 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7505 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7506 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7507 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7508 } 7509 } else { 7510 // This is a function template specialization. 7511 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7512 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7513 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7514 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7515 7516 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7517 if (isFriend) { 7518 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7519 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7520 7521 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7522 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7523 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7524 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7525 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7526 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7527 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7528 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7529 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7530 } 7531 7532 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7533 << Name << RemoveRange 7534 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7535 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7536 } 7537 } 7538 } 7539 else { 7540 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7541 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7542 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7543 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7544 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7545 } 7546 7547 if (Invalid) { 7548 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7549 if (FunctionTemplate) 7550 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7551 } 7552 7553 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7554 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7555 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7556 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7557 // 7558 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7559 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7560 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7561 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7562 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7563 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7564 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7565 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7566 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7567 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7568 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7569 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7570 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7571 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7572 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7573 } else { 7574 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7575 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7576 } 7577 7578 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7579 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7580 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7581 } 7582 7583 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7584 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7585 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7586 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7587 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7588 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7589 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7590 // thing to do. 7591 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7592 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7593 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7594 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7595 QualType Result = 7596 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7597 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7598 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7599 } 7600 7601 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7602 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7603 // declaration. 7604 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7605 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7606 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7607 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7608 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7609 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7610 } 7611 } 7612 7613 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7614 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7615 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7616 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7617 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7618 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7619 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7620 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7621 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7622 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7623 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7624 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7625 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7626 // or conversion function. 7627 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7628 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7629 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7630 } 7631 } 7632 7633 if (isConstexpr) { 7634 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7635 // are implicitly inline. 7636 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7637 7638 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7639 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7640 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7641 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7642 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7643 } 7644 7645 if (isConcept) { 7646 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7647 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7648 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7649 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7650 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7651 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7652 } 7653 7654 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7655 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7656 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7657 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7658 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7659 SourceRange Range; 7660 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7661 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7662 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7663 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7664 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7665 } else { 7666 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7667 } 7668 7669 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7670 // following restrictions: 7671 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7672 // parameter list. 7673 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7674 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7675 } 7676 7677 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7678 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7679 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7680 7681 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7682 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7683 // specifiers, [...] 7684 if (isInline) { 7685 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7686 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7687 << 1 << 1; 7688 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7689 } 7690 7691 if (isFriend) { 7692 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7693 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7694 << 1 << 2; 7695 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7696 } 7697 7698 if (isConstexpr) { 7699 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7700 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7701 << 1 << 3; 7702 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7703 } 7704 } 7705 7706 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7707 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7708 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7709 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7710 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7711 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7712 << 0 7713 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7714 } else { 7715 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7716 if (FunctionTemplate) 7717 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7718 } 7719 } 7720 7721 if (isFriend) { 7722 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7723 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7724 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7725 } 7726 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7727 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7728 } 7729 7730 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7731 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7732 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7733 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7734 case FDK_Declaration: 7735 case FDK_Definition: 7736 break; 7737 7738 case FDK_Defaulted: 7739 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7740 break; 7741 7742 case FDK_Deleted: 7743 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7744 break; 7745 } 7746 7747 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7748 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7749 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7750 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7751 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7752 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7753 } 7754 7755 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7756 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7757 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7758 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7759 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7760 // the class. 7761 7762 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7763 // member function definition. 7764 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7765 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7766 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7767 } 7768 7769 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7770 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7771 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7772 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7773 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7774 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7775 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7776 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7777 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7778 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7779 } 7780 7781 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7782 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7783 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7784 isExplicitSpecialization || 7785 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7786 7787 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7788 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7789 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7790 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7791 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7792 SE->getString(), 0)); 7793 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7794 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7795 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7796 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7797 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7798 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7799 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7800 } else 7801 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7802 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7803 } 7804 } 7805 7806 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7807 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7808 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7809 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7810 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7811 7812 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7813 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7814 // single void argument. 7815 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7816 // already checks for that case. 7817 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7818 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7819 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7820 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7821 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7822 Params.push_back(Param); 7823 7824 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7825 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7826 } 7827 } 7828 7829 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7830 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7831 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7832 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7833 // 7834 // @code 7835 // typedef void fn(int); 7836 // fn f; 7837 // @endcode 7838 7839 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7840 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7841 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7842 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7843 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7844 Params.push_back(Param); 7845 } 7846 } else { 7847 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7848 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7849 } 7850 7851 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7852 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7853 7854 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7855 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7856 // 7857 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7858 // 7859 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7860 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7861 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7862 7863 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7864 NewFD->addAttr( 7865 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7866 Context, 0)); 7867 7868 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7869 // because all functions have linkage. 7870 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7871 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7872 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7873 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7874 } 7875 7876 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7877 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7878 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7879 NewFD->addAttr( 7880 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7881 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7882 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7883 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7884 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7885 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7886 NewFD)) 7887 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7888 } 7889 7890 // Handle attributes. 7891 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7892 7893 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7894 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7895 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7896 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7897 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7898 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7899 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7900 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7901 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7902 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7903 } 7904 } 7905 7906 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7907 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7908 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7909 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7910 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7911 7912 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7913 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7914 7915 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7916 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7917 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7918 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7919 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7920 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7921 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7922 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7923 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7924 7925 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7926 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7927 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7928 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7929 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7930 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7931 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7932 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7933 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7934 int DiagID = 7935 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7936 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7937 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7938 } 7939 } 7940 } else { 7941 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7942 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7943 // 7944 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7945 // 7946 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7947 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7948 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7949 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7950 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7951 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7952 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7953 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7954 7955 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7956 // argument list into our AST format. 7957 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7958 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7959 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7960 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7961 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7962 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7963 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7964 TemplateArgs); 7965 7966 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7967 7968 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7969 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7970 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7971 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7972 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7973 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7974 7975 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7976 } else { 7977 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7978 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7979 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7980 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7981 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7982 } 7983 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7984 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7985 // wrote something like: 7986 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7987 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7988 // friend void foo<>(int); 7989 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7990 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7991 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7992 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7993 } 7994 7995 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7996 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7997 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7998 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7999 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8000 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8001 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8002 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8003 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 8004 InstantiationDependent))) { 8005 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8006 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8007 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8008 Previous)) 8009 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8010 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8011 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8012 && !isFriend) { 8013 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8014 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8015 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8016 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8017 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8018 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8019 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8020 : nullptr), 8021 Previous)) 8022 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8023 8024 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8025 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8026 // specialization (14.7.3) 8027 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8028 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8029 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8030 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8031 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8032 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8033 << SC 8034 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8035 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8036 8037 else 8038 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8039 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8040 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8041 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8042 } 8043 8044 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8045 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8046 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8047 } 8048 8049 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8050 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8051 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8052 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8053 8054 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8055 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8056 8057 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8058 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8059 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8060 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8061 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8062 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8063 } 8064 8065 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8066 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8067 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8068 8069 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8070 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8071 : NewFD); 8072 8073 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8074 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8075 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8076 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8077 8078 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8079 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8080 } 8081 8082 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8083 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8084 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8085 8086 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8087 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8088 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8089 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8090 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8091 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8092 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8093 : nullptr, 8094 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8095 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8096 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8097 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8098 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8099 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8100 DC->isDependentContext()) 8101 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8102 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8103 } 8104 8105 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8106 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8107 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8108 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8109 AddToScope }; 8110 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8111 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8112 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8113 8114 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8115 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8116 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8117 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8118 8119 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8120 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8121 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8122 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8123 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8124 // can actually do this check immediately. 8125 if (isFriend && 8126 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8127 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8128 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8129 // ignore these 8130 } else { 8131 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8132 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8133 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8134 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8135 // 8136 // class X { 8137 // void f() const; 8138 // }; 8139 // 8140 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8141 // 8142 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8143 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8144 // whether the parameter types are references). 8145 8146 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8147 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8148 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8149 return Result; 8150 } 8151 } 8152 8153 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8154 // to something. 8155 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8156 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8157 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8158 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8159 return Result; 8160 } 8161 } 8162 8163 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8164 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8165 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8166 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8167 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8168 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8169 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8170 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8171 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8172 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8173 // generate them. 8174 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8175 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8176 } 8177 } 8178 8179 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8180 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8181 8182 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8183 8184 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8185 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8186 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8187 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8188 << NewFD; 8189 8190 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8191 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8192 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8193 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8194 EPI.Variadic = true; 8195 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8196 8197 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8198 NewFD->setType(R); 8199 } 8200 8201 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8202 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8203 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8204 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8205 8206 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8207 // marking the function. 8208 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8209 8210 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8211 // a pragma. 8212 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8213 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8214 8215 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8216 // the map of such variables. 8217 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8218 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8219 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8220 8221 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8222 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8223 8224 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8225 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8226 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8227 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8228 } 8229 8230 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8231 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8232 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8233 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8234 return FunctionTemplate; 8235 } 8236 } 8237 8238 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8239 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8240 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8241 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8242 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8243 D.setInvalidType(); 8244 } 8245 8246 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8247 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8248 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8249 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8250 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8251 : FixItHint()); 8252 D.setInvalidType(); 8253 } 8254 8255 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8256 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8257 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8258 } 8259 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 8260 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 8261 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 8262 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8263 8264 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8265 // types. 8266 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8267 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8268 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8269 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8270 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8271 D.setInvalidType(); 8272 } 8273 } 8274 } 8275 } 8276 8277 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8278 8279 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8280 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 8281 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8282 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8283 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 8284 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8285 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8286 8287 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8288 } 8289 } 8290 8291 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8292 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8293 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8294 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8295 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8296 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8297 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8298 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8299 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8300 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8301 AddToScope = false; 8302 } 8303 8304 return NewFD; 8305 } 8306 8307 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8308 /// 8309 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8310 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8311 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8312 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8313 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8314 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8315 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8316 /// 8317 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8318 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8319 /// 8320 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8321 /// 8322 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8323 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8324 LookupResult &Previous, 8325 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8326 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8327 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8328 8329 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8330 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8331 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8332 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8333 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8334 8335 bool Redeclaration = false; 8336 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8337 8338 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8339 // the same name, if appropriate. 8340 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8341 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8342 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8343 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8344 // function to the scope. 8345 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8346 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8347 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8348 Redeclaration = true; 8349 OldDecl = Candidate; 8350 } 8351 } else { 8352 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8353 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8354 case Ovl_Match: 8355 Redeclaration = true; 8356 break; 8357 8358 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8359 Redeclaration = true; 8360 break; 8361 8362 case Ovl_Overload: 8363 Redeclaration = false; 8364 break; 8365 } 8366 8367 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8368 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8369 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8370 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8371 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8372 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8373 if (Redeclaration) 8374 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8375 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8376 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8377 if (OverloadedDecl) 8378 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8379 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8380 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8381 } 8382 } 8383 } 8384 8385 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8386 if (!Redeclaration && 8387 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8388 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8389 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8390 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8391 Redeclaration = true; 8392 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8393 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8394 8395 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8396 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8397 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8398 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8399 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8400 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8401 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8402 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8403 } 8404 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8405 Redeclaration = false; 8406 OldDecl = nullptr; 8407 } 8408 } 8409 } 8410 } 8411 8412 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8413 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8414 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8415 // 8416 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8417 // definition of a static member function. 8418 // 8419 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8420 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8421 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8422 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8423 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8424 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8425 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8426 if (OldDecl) 8427 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8428 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8429 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8430 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8431 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8432 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8433 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8434 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8435 8436 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8437 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8438 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8439 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8440 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8441 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8442 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8443 8444 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8445 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8446 } 8447 } 8448 } 8449 8450 if (Redeclaration) { 8451 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8452 // merged. 8453 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8454 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8455 return Redeclaration; 8456 } 8457 8458 Previous.clear(); 8459 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8460 8461 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8462 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8463 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8464 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8465 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8466 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8467 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8468 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8469 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8470 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8471 } 8472 8473 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8474 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8475 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8476 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8477 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8478 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8479 } 8480 8481 } else { 8482 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8483 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8484 8485 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8486 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8487 } 8488 } 8489 8490 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8491 8492 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8493 // C++-specific checks. 8494 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8495 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8496 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8497 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8498 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8499 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8500 8501 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8502 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8503 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8504 DeclarationName Name 8505 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8506 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8507 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8508 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8509 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8510 return Redeclaration; 8511 } 8512 } 8513 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8514 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8515 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8516 } 8517 8518 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8519 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8520 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8521 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8522 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8523 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8524 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8525 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8526 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8527 } 8528 } 8529 } 8530 8531 if (Method->isStatic()) 8532 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8533 } 8534 8535 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8536 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8537 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8538 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8539 return Redeclaration; 8540 } 8541 8542 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8543 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8544 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8545 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8546 return Redeclaration; 8547 } 8548 8549 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8550 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8551 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8552 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8553 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8554 8555 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8556 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8557 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8558 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8559 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8560 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8561 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8562 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8563 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8564 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8565 } 8566 } 8567 8568 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8569 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8570 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8571 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8572 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8573 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8574 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8575 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8576 << NewFD << R; 8577 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8578 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8579 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8580 } 8581 } 8582 return Redeclaration; 8583 } 8584 8585 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8586 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8587 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8588 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8589 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8590 // appear in a declaration of main. 8591 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8592 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8593 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8594 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8595 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8596 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8597 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8598 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8599 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8600 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8601 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8602 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8603 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8604 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8605 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8606 } 8607 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8608 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8609 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8610 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8611 } 8612 8613 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8614 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8615 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8616 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8617 return; 8618 } 8619 8620 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8621 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8622 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8623 8624 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8625 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8626 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8627 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8628 8629 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8630 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8631 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8632 else { 8633 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8634 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8635 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8636 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8637 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8638 } 8639 } else { 8640 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8641 // set the flag which tells us that. 8642 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8643 8644 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8645 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8646 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8647 else { 8648 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8649 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8650 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8651 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8652 : FixItHint()); 8653 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8654 } 8655 } 8656 8657 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8658 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8659 8660 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8661 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8662 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8663 8664 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8665 8666 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8667 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8668 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8669 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8670 } 8671 8672 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8673 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8674 // getting shifty. 8675 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8676 HasExtraParameters = false; 8677 8678 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8679 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8680 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8681 nparams = 3; 8682 } 8683 8684 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8685 // if we had some location information about types. 8686 8687 QualType CharPP = 8688 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8689 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8690 8691 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8692 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8693 8694 bool mismatch = true; 8695 8696 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8697 mismatch = false; 8698 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8699 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8700 // char const ** 8701 // char const * const * 8702 // char * const * 8703 8704 QualifierCollector qs; 8705 const PointerType* PT; 8706 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8707 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8708 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8709 Context.CharTy)) { 8710 qs.removeConst(); 8711 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8712 } 8713 } 8714 8715 if (mismatch) { 8716 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8717 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8718 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8719 } 8720 } 8721 8722 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8723 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8724 } 8725 8726 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8727 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8728 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8729 } 8730 } 8731 8732 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8733 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8734 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8735 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8736 8737 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8738 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8739 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8740 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8741 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8742 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8743 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8744 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8745 8746 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8747 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8748 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8749 } 8750 } 8751 8752 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8753 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8754 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8755 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8756 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8757 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8758 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8759 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8760 // rules there don't matter.) 8761 const Expr *Culprit; 8762 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8763 return false; 8764 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8765 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8766 return true; 8767 } 8768 8769 namespace { 8770 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8771 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8772 class SelfReferenceChecker 8773 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8774 Sema &S; 8775 Decl *OrigDecl; 8776 bool isRecordType; 8777 bool isPODType; 8778 bool isReferenceType; 8779 8780 bool isInitList; 8781 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8782 public: 8783 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8784 8785 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8786 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8787 isPODType = false; 8788 isRecordType = false; 8789 isReferenceType = false; 8790 isInitList = false; 8791 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8792 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8793 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8794 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8795 } 8796 } 8797 8798 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8799 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8800 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8801 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8802 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8803 if (!InitList) { 8804 Visit(E); 8805 return; 8806 } 8807 8808 // Track and increment the index here. 8809 isInitList = true; 8810 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8811 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8812 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8813 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8814 } 8815 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8816 } 8817 8818 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8819 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8820 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8821 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8822 Expr *Base = E; 8823 bool ReferenceField = false; 8824 8825 // Get the field memebers used. 8826 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8827 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8828 if (!FD) 8829 return false; 8830 Fields.push_back(FD); 8831 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8832 ReferenceField = true; 8833 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8834 } 8835 8836 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8837 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8838 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8839 return false; 8840 8841 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8842 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8843 return true; 8844 8845 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8846 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8847 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8848 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8849 8850 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8851 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8852 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8853 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8854 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8855 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8856 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8857 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8858 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8859 return true; 8860 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8861 break; 8862 } 8863 8864 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8865 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8866 return true; 8867 } 8868 8869 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8870 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8871 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8872 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8873 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8874 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8875 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8876 return; 8877 } 8878 8879 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8880 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8881 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8882 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8883 return; 8884 } 8885 8886 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8887 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8888 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8889 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8890 return; 8891 } 8892 8893 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8894 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8895 return; 8896 } 8897 8898 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8899 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8900 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8901 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8902 return; 8903 } 8904 } 8905 8906 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8907 if (isInitList) { 8908 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8909 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8910 return; 8911 } 8912 8913 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8914 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8915 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8916 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8917 return; 8918 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8919 } 8920 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8921 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8922 return; 8923 } 8924 8925 Visit(E); 8926 } 8927 8928 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8929 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8930 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8931 if (isReferenceType) 8932 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8933 } 8934 8935 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8936 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8937 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8938 return; 8939 } 8940 8941 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8942 } 8943 8944 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8945 if (isInitList) { 8946 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8947 return; 8948 } 8949 8950 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8951 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8952 8953 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8954 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8955 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8956 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8957 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8958 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8959 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8960 Warn = false; 8961 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8962 } 8963 8964 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8965 if (Warn) 8966 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8967 return; 8968 } 8969 8970 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8971 // Visit that expression. 8972 Visit(Base); 8973 } 8974 8975 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8976 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8977 8978 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8979 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8980 8981 Visit(Callee); 8982 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8983 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8984 } 8985 8986 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8987 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8988 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8989 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8990 if (!isPODType) 8991 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8992 return; 8993 } 8994 8995 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8996 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8997 return; 8998 } 8999 9000 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9001 } 9002 9003 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 9004 9005 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9006 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9007 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9008 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9009 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9010 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9011 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9012 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9013 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9014 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9015 return; 9016 } 9017 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9018 } 9019 9020 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9021 // Treat std::move as a use. 9022 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9023 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9024 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9025 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9026 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9027 return; 9028 } 9029 } 9030 } 9031 9032 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9033 } 9034 9035 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9036 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9037 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9038 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9039 return; 9040 } 9041 9042 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9043 } 9044 9045 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9046 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9047 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9048 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9049 Visit(E->getCond()); 9050 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9051 } 9052 9053 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9054 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9055 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9056 unsigned diag; 9057 if (isReferenceType) { 9058 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9059 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9060 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9061 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9062 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9063 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9064 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9065 } else { 9066 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9067 return; 9068 } 9069 9070 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9071 S.PDiag(diag) 9072 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9073 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9074 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9075 } 9076 }; 9077 9078 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9079 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9080 bool DirectInit) { 9081 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9082 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9083 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9084 return; 9085 9086 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9087 9088 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9089 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9090 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9091 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9092 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9093 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9094 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9095 return; 9096 9097 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9098 } 9099 } 9100 9101 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9102 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9103 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9104 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9105 Expr *Init) { 9106 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9107 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9108 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9109 9110 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9111 if (DirectInit) { 9112 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9113 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9114 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9115 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9116 } 9117 9118 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9119 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9120 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9121 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9122 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9123 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9124 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9125 << Name << Type << Range; 9126 return QualType(); 9127 } 9128 9129 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9130 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9131 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9132 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9133 << Name << Type << Range; 9134 return QualType(); 9135 } 9136 9137 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9138 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9139 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9140 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9141 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9142 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9143 return QualType(); 9144 } 9145 9146 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9147 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9148 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9149 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9150 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9151 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9152 return QualType(); 9153 } 9154 Init = Result.get(); 9155 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9156 } 9157 9158 QualType DeducedType; 9159 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9160 if (!IsInitCapture) 9161 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9162 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9163 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9164 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9165 << Name 9166 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9167 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9168 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9169 else 9170 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9171 << Name << TSI->getType() 9172 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9173 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9174 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9175 } 9176 9177 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9178 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9179 // checks. 9180 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9181 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9182 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9183 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9184 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9185 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9186 } 9187 9188 return DeducedType; 9189 } 9190 9191 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9192 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9193 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9194 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9195 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9196 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9197 // the initializer. 9198 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9199 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9200 return; 9201 } 9202 9203 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9204 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9205 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9206 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9207 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9208 return; 9209 } 9210 9211 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9212 if (!VDecl) { 9213 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9214 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9215 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9216 return; 9217 } 9218 9219 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9220 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9221 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9222 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9223 // TypoExpr. 9224 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9225 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9226 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9227 return; 9228 } 9229 Init = Res.get(); 9230 9231 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9232 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9233 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9234 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9235 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9236 return; 9237 } 9238 9239 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9240 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9241 9242 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9243 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9244 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9245 9246 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9247 // the previously declared type. 9248 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9249 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9250 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9251 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9252 } 9253 9254 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9255 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9256 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9257 return; 9258 } 9259 9260 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9261 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9262 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9263 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9264 return; 9265 } 9266 9267 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9268 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9269 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9270 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9271 return; 9272 } 9273 9274 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9275 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9276 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9277 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9278 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9279 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9280 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9281 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9282 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9283 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9284 return; 9285 } 9286 9287 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9288 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9289 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9290 AbstractVariableType)) 9291 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9292 } 9293 9294 VarDecl *Def; 9295 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9296 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9297 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9298 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9299 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9300 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9301 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9302 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9303 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9304 } else { 9305 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9306 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9307 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9308 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9309 return; 9310 } 9311 } 9312 9313 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9314 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9315 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9316 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9317 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9318 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9319 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9320 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9321 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9322 // 9323 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9324 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9325 // declaration with an initializer. 9326 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9327 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9328 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9329 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9330 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9331 << 0; 9332 return; 9333 } 9334 9335 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9336 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9337 9338 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9339 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9340 return; 9341 } 9342 } 9343 9344 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9345 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9346 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9347 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9348 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9349 return; 9350 } 9351 9352 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9353 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9354 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9355 9356 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9357 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9358 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9359 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9360 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9361 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9362 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9363 return; 9364 } 9365 Init = Result.get(); 9366 } 9367 9368 // Perform the initialization. 9369 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9370 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9371 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9372 InitializationKind Kind = 9373 DirectInit 9374 ? CXXDirectInit 9375 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9376 Init->getLocStart(), 9377 Init->getLocEnd()) 9378 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9379 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9380 Init->getLocStart()); 9381 9382 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9383 if (CXXDirectInit) 9384 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9385 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9386 9387 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9388 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9389 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9390 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9391 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9392 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9393 }); 9394 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9395 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9396 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9397 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9398 } 9399 } 9400 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9401 return; 9402 9403 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9404 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9405 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9406 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9407 return; 9408 } 9409 9410 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9411 } 9412 9413 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9414 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9415 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9416 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9417 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9418 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9419 } 9420 9421 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9422 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9423 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9424 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9425 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9426 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9427 9428 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9429 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9430 9431 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9432 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9433 9434 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9435 // Although this code can still have problems: 9436 // id x = self.weakProp; 9437 // id y = self.weakProp; 9438 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9439 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9440 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9441 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9442 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9443 Init->getLocStart())) 9444 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9445 } 9446 9447 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9448 // 9449 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9450 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9451 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9452 // 9453 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9454 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9455 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9456 // 9457 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9458 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9459 false, 9460 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9461 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9462 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9463 return; 9464 } 9465 Init = Result.get(); 9466 9467 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9468 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9469 9470 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9471 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9472 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9473 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9474 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9475 const Expr *Culprit; 9476 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9477 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9478 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9479 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9480 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9481 // constant expressions. 9482 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9483 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9484 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9485 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9486 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9487 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9488 } 9489 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9490 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9491 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9492 // 9493 // struct S { 9494 // static const int value = 17; 9495 // }; 9496 9497 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9498 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9499 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9500 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9501 // 9502 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9503 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9504 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9505 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9506 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9507 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9508 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9509 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9510 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9511 9512 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9513 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9514 9515 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9516 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9517 // type. 9518 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9519 9520 // Require constness. 9521 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9522 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9523 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9524 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9525 9526 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9527 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9528 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9529 SourceLocation Loc; 9530 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9531 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9532 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9533 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9534 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9535 ; // Nothing to check. 9536 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9537 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9538 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9539 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9540 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9541 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9542 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9543 } else { 9544 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9545 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9546 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9547 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9548 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9549 } 9550 9551 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9552 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9553 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9554 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9555 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9556 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9557 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9558 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9559 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9560 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9561 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9562 } else { 9563 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9564 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9565 9566 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9567 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9568 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9569 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9570 } 9571 } 9572 9573 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9574 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9575 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9576 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9577 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9578 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9579 9580 } else { 9581 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9582 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9583 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9584 } 9585 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9586 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9587 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9588 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9589 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9590 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9591 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9592 9593 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9594 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9595 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9596 } 9597 9598 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9599 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9600 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9601 // 9602 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9603 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9604 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9605 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9606 // special case code. 9607 9608 // C++ 8.5p11: 9609 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9610 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9611 // class type. 9612 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9613 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9614 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9615 } else if (DirectInit) { 9616 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9617 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9618 } 9619 9620 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9621 } 9622 9623 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9624 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9625 /// of sanity. 9626 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9627 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9628 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9629 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9630 9631 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9632 if (!VD) return; 9633 9634 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9635 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9636 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9637 return; 9638 } 9639 9640 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9641 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9642 9643 // Require a complete type. 9644 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9645 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9646 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9647 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9648 return; 9649 } 9650 9651 // Require a non-abstract type. 9652 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9653 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9654 AbstractVariableType)) { 9655 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9656 return; 9657 } 9658 9659 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9660 // though. 9661 } 9662 9663 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9664 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9665 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9666 if (!RealDecl) 9667 return; 9668 9669 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9670 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9671 9672 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9673 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9674 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9675 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9676 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9677 return; 9678 } 9679 9680 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9681 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9682 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9683 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9684 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9685 // member. 9686 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9687 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9688 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9689 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9690 << Var->getDeclName(); 9691 else 9692 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9693 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9694 return; 9695 } 9696 9697 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9698 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9699 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9700 if (Var->isConcept()) { 9701 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9702 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9703 return; 9704 } 9705 9706 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9707 // be initialized. 9708 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9709 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9710 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9711 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9712 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9713 return; 9714 } 9715 9716 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9717 case VarDecl::Definition: 9718 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9719 break; 9720 9721 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9722 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9723 // a declaration. 9724 // 9725 // Fall through 9726 9727 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9728 // It's only a declaration. 9729 9730 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9731 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9732 // object shall be complete. 9733 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9734 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9735 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9736 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9737 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9738 9739 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9740 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9741 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9742 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9743 AbstractVariableType)) 9744 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9745 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9746 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9747 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9748 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9749 } 9750 9751 return; 9752 9753 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9754 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9755 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9756 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9757 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9758 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9759 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9760 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9761 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9762 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9763 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9764 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9765 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9766 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9767 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9768 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9769 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9770 // NOTE: code such as the following 9771 // static struct s; 9772 // struct s { int a; }; 9773 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9774 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9775 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9776 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9777 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9778 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9779 } 9780 } 9781 9782 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9783 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9784 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9785 return; 9786 } 9787 9788 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9789 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9790 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9791 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9792 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9793 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9794 return; 9795 } 9796 9797 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9798 // definitions with reference type. 9799 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9800 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9801 << Var->getDeclName() 9802 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9803 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9804 return; 9805 } 9806 9807 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9808 // variable with dependent type. 9809 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9810 return; 9811 9812 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9813 return; 9814 9815 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9816 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9817 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9818 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9819 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9820 return; 9821 } 9822 } else { 9823 return; 9824 } 9825 9826 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9827 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9828 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9829 AbstractVariableType)) { 9830 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9831 return; 9832 } 9833 9834 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9835 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9836 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9837 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9838 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9839 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9840 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9841 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9842 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9843 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9844 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9845 if (const RecordType *Record 9846 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9847 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9848 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9849 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9850 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9851 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9852 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9853 } 9854 } 9855 9856 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9857 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9858 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9859 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9860 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9861 // type shall have a user-declared default 9862 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9863 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9864 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9865 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9866 // program is ill-formed. 9867 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9868 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9869 // default-initialized; [...]. 9870 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9871 InitializationKind Kind 9872 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9873 9874 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9875 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9876 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9877 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9878 else if (Init.get()) { 9879 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9880 // This is important for template substitution. 9881 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9882 } 9883 9884 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9885 } 9886 } 9887 9888 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9889 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9890 if (!VD) { 9891 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9892 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9893 return; 9894 } 9895 9896 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9897 9898 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9899 int Error = -1; 9900 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9901 case SC_None: 9902 break; 9903 case SC_Extern: 9904 Error = 0; 9905 break; 9906 case SC_Static: 9907 Error = 1; 9908 break; 9909 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9910 Error = 2; 9911 break; 9912 case SC_Auto: 9913 Error = 3; 9914 break; 9915 case SC_Register: 9916 Error = 4; 9917 break; 9918 } 9919 if (Error != -1) { 9920 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9921 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9922 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9923 } 9924 } 9925 9926 StmtResult 9927 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9928 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9929 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9930 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9931 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9932 // A range-based for statement of the form 9933 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9934 // is equivalent to 9935 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9936 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9937 9938 const char *PrevSpec; 9939 unsigned DiagID; 9940 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9941 getPrintingPolicy()); 9942 9943 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9944 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9945 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9946 9947 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9948 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9949 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9950 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9951 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9952 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9953 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9954 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9955 } 9956 9957 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9958 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9959 9960 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9961 // local retaining variable. 9962 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 9963 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9964 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9965 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9966 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9967 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9968 break; 9969 9970 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9971 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9972 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9973 break; 9974 } 9975 } 9976 9977 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9978 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9979 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9980 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9981 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9982 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9983 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9984 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9985 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9986 var->getLocation())) { 9987 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9988 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9989 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9990 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9991 9992 if (!prev) 9993 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9994 } 9995 9996 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9997 const Expr *Culprit; 9998 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9999 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10000 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10001 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10002 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10003 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10004 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10005 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 10006 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10007 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 10008 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10009 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10010 // initialization. 10011 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10012 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10013 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10014 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10015 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10016 } 10017 10018 } 10019 10020 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10021 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10022 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10023 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10024 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10025 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10026 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10027 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10028 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10029 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10030 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10031 } else { 10032 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10033 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10034 } 10035 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10036 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10037 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10038 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10039 } 10040 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10041 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10042 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10043 10044 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10045 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10046 // attribute. 10047 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10048 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10049 CurInitSegLoc)); 10050 } 10051 10052 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10053 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 10054 10055 QualType type = var->getType(); 10056 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10057 10058 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10059 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10060 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10061 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10062 10063 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10064 // constructing this copy. 10065 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10066 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10067 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10068 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10069 ExprResult result 10070 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10071 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10072 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10073 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10074 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10075 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10076 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10077 } 10078 } 10079 } 10080 10081 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10082 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10083 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10084 10085 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10086 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10087 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10088 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10089 var->getLocation())) { 10090 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10091 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10092 // warned about them. 10093 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10094 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10095 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10096 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10097 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10098 } 10099 10100 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10101 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10102 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10103 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10104 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10105 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10106 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10107 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10108 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10109 Notes.clear(); 10110 } 10111 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10112 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10113 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10114 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10115 } 10116 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10117 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10118 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10119 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10120 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10121 } 10122 } 10123 10124 // Require the destructor. 10125 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10126 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10127 } 10128 10129 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10130 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10131 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10132 return true; 10133 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10134 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10135 return true; 10136 return false; 10137 } 10138 10139 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10140 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10141 void 10142 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10143 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10144 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10145 10146 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10147 if (!VD) 10148 return; 10149 10150 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10151 10152 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10153 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10154 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10155 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10156 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10157 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10158 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10159 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10160 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10161 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10162 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10163 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10164 } 10165 } 10166 } 10167 10168 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10169 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10170 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10171 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10172 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10173 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10174 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10175 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10176 } 10177 } 10178 } 10179 10180 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10181 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10182 10183 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10184 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10185 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10186 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10187 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10188 // with a warning. 10189 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10190 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10191 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10192 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10193 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10194 10195 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10196 IsClassTemplateMember 10197 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10198 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10199 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10200 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10201 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10202 } 10203 } 10204 10205 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10206 // isn't exported with the variable. 10207 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10208 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10209 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10210 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10211 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10212 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10213 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10214 } else { 10215 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10216 << DLLAttr; 10217 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10218 } 10219 } 10220 10221 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10222 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10223 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10224 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10225 } 10226 } 10227 10228 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10229 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10230 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10231 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10232 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10233 10234 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10235 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10236 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10237 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10238 10239 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10240 // tag values. 10241 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10242 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10243 return; 10244 10245 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10246 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10247 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10248 continue; 10249 } 10250 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10251 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10252 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10253 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10254 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10255 continue; 10256 } 10257 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10258 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10259 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10260 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10261 continue; 10262 } 10263 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10264 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10265 MagicValue, 10266 I->getMatchingCType(), 10267 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10268 I->getMustBeNull()); 10269 } 10270 } 10271 10272 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10273 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10274 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10275 10276 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10277 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10278 10279 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10280 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10281 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10282 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10283 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10284 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10285 Decls.push_back(D); 10286 } 10287 10288 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10289 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10290 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10291 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10292 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10293 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10294 } 10295 } 10296 10297 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10298 } 10299 10300 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10301 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10302 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10303 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10304 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10305 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10306 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10307 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10308 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10309 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10310 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10311 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10312 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10313 QualType Deduced; 10314 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10315 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10316 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10317 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10318 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10319 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10320 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10321 break; 10322 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10323 if (!U.isNull()) { 10324 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10325 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10326 Deduced = U; 10327 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10328 DeducedDecl = D; 10329 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10330 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10331 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10332 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10333 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10334 << U << D->getDeclName() 10335 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10336 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10337 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10338 break; 10339 } 10340 } 10341 } 10342 } 10343 } 10344 10345 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10346 10347 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10348 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10349 } 10350 10351 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10352 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10353 } 10354 10355 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10356 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10357 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10358 return; 10359 10360 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10361 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10362 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10363 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10364 return; 10365 10366 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10367 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10368 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10369 // additional declaration references: 10370 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10371 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10372 // 'struct S *pS;' 10373 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10374 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10375 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10376 Group = Group.slice(1); 10377 } 10378 } 10379 10380 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10381 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10382 if (!Comments.empty() && 10383 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10384 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10385 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10386 // 10387 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10388 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10389 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10390 // ahead through comments. 10391 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10392 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10393 } 10394 } 10395 10396 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10397 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10398 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10399 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10400 10401 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10402 10403 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10404 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10405 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10406 SC = SC_Register; 10407 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10408 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10409 SC = SC_Auto; 10410 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10411 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10412 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10413 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10414 } 10415 10416 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10417 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10418 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10419 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10420 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10421 << 0; 10422 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10423 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10424 10425 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10426 10427 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10428 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10429 10430 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10431 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10432 // parameter. 10433 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10434 10435 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10436 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10437 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10438 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10439 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10440 } 10441 } 10442 10443 // Ensure we have a valid name 10444 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10445 if (D.hasName()) { 10446 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10447 if (!II) { 10448 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10449 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10450 D.setInvalidType(true); 10451 } 10452 } 10453 10454 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10455 if (II) { 10456 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10457 ForRedeclaration); 10458 LookupName(R, S); 10459 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10460 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10461 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10462 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10463 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10464 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10465 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10466 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10467 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10468 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10469 10470 // Recover by removing the name 10471 II = nullptr; 10472 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10473 D.setInvalidType(true); 10474 } 10475 } 10476 } 10477 10478 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10479 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10480 // looking like class members in C++. 10481 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10482 D.getLocStart(), 10483 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10484 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10485 SC); 10486 10487 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10488 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10489 10490 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10491 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10492 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10493 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10494 10495 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10496 S->AddDecl(New); 10497 if (II) 10498 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10499 10500 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10501 10502 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10503 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10504 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10505 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10506 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10507 10508 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10509 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10510 } 10511 return New; 10512 } 10513 10514 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10515 /// typedef. 10516 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10517 SourceLocation Loc, 10518 QualType T) { 10519 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10520 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10521 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10522 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10523 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10524 SC_None, nullptr); 10525 Param->setImplicit(); 10526 return Param; 10527 } 10528 10529 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10530 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10531 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10532 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10533 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10534 return; 10535 10536 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10537 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10538 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10539 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10540 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10541 } 10542 } 10543 } 10544 10545 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10546 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10547 QualType ReturnTy, 10548 NamedDecl *D) { 10549 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10550 return; 10551 10552 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10553 // threshold. 10554 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10555 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10556 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10557 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10558 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10559 } 10560 10561 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10562 // threshold. 10563 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10564 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10565 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10566 continue; 10567 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10568 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10569 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10570 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10571 } 10572 } 10573 10574 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10575 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10576 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10577 StorageClass SC) { 10578 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10579 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10580 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10581 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10582 10583 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10584 10585 // Special cases for arrays: 10586 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10587 // - otherwise, it's an error 10588 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10589 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10590 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10591 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10592 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10593 } 10594 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10595 } else { 10596 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10597 } 10598 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10599 } 10600 10601 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10602 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10603 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10604 10605 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10606 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10607 // the class has been completely parsed. 10608 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10609 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10610 AbstractParamType)) 10611 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10612 10613 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10614 // passed by reference. 10615 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10616 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10617 Diag(NameLoc, 10618 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10619 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10620 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10621 New->setType(T); 10622 } 10623 10624 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10625 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10626 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10627 // an address space. 10628 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10629 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10630 // to be qualified with an address space. 10631 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10632 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10633 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10634 } 10635 } 10636 10637 return New; 10638 } 10639 10640 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10641 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10642 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10643 10644 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10645 // for a K&R function. 10646 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10647 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10648 --i; 10649 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10650 SmallString<256> Code; 10651 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10652 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10653 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10654 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10655 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10656 10657 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10658 // type. 10659 AttributeFactory attrs; 10660 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10661 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10662 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10663 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10664 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10665 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10666 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10667 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10668 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10669 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10670 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10671 } 10672 } 10673 } 10674 } 10675 10676 Decl * 10677 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 10678 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10679 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10680 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10681 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10682 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10683 10684 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10685 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 10686 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 10687 } 10688 10689 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10690 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10691 } 10692 10693 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10694 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10695 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10696 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10697 return false; 10698 10699 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10700 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10701 return false; 10702 10703 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10704 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10705 return false; 10706 10707 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10708 if (FD->isMain()) 10709 return false; 10710 10711 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10712 if (FD->isInlined()) 10713 return false; 10714 10715 // Don't warn about function templates. 10716 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10717 return false; 10718 10719 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10720 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10721 return false; 10722 10723 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10724 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10725 return false; 10726 10727 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10728 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10729 return false; 10730 10731 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10732 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10733 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10734 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10735 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10736 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10737 continue; 10738 10739 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10740 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10741 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10742 break; 10743 } 10744 10745 return MissingPrototype; 10746 } 10747 10748 void 10749 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10750 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 10751 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10752 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10753 // was an extern inline function. 10754 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10755 if (!Definition) 10756 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10757 return; 10758 10759 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10760 return; 10761 10762 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10763 // a template, skip the new definition. 10764 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10765 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10766 Definition->isInlined() || 10767 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10768 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 10769 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 10770 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10771 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 10772 else 10773 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 10774 FD->getLocation()); 10775 return; 10776 } 10777 10778 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10779 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10780 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10781 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10782 else 10783 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10784 10785 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10786 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10787 } 10788 10789 10790 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10791 Sema &S) { 10792 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10793 10794 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10795 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10796 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10797 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10798 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10799 10800 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10801 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10802 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10803 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10804 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10805 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10806 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10807 10808 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10809 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10810 10811 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10812 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10813 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10814 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10815 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10816 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10817 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10818 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10819 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10820 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10821 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10822 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10823 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10824 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10825 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10826 10827 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10828 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10829 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10830 } else { 10831 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10832 } 10833 ++I; 10834 } 10835 } 10836 10837 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 10838 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10839 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10840 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10841 10842 if (!D) 10843 return D; 10844 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10845 10846 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10847 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10848 else 10849 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10850 10851 // See if this is a redefinition. 10852 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 10853 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 10854 10855 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 10856 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 10857 return D; 10858 } 10859 10860 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10861 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10862 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10863 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10864 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10865 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10866 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10867 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10868 // have the LSI properly restored. 10869 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10870 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10871 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10872 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10873 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10874 } 10875 else 10876 // Enter a new function scope 10877 PushFunctionScope(); 10878 10879 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10880 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10881 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10882 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10883 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10884 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10885 } 10886 } 10887 10888 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10889 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10890 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10891 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10892 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10893 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10894 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10895 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10896 10897 if (FnBodyScope) 10898 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10899 10900 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10901 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10902 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10903 10904 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10905 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10906 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10907 10908 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10909 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10910 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10911 10912 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10913 } 10914 } 10915 10916 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10917 // introduce them into the function scope. 10918 if (FnBodyScope) { 10919 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10920 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10921 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10922 I != E; ++I) { 10923 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10924 10925 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10926 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10927 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10928 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10929 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10930 if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D)) 10931 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10932 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10933 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10934 } 10935 10936 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10937 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10938 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10939 10940 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10941 // accessible in this scope. 10942 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10943 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10944 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10945 } 10946 } 10947 } 10948 10949 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10950 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10951 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10952 10953 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10954 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10955 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10956 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10957 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10958 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10959 return D; 10960 } 10961 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10962 // a function template). 10963 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10964 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10965 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10966 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10967 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10968 10969 return D; 10970 } 10971 10972 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10973 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10974 /// optimization. 10975 /// 10976 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10977 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10978 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10979 /// use the named return value optimization. 10980 /// 10981 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10982 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10983 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10984 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10985 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10986 10987 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10988 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10989 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10990 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10991 } 10992 } 10993 } 10994 10995 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10996 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10997 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10998 return false; 10999 11000 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11001 // return type (yet). 11002 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11003 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11004 // we can still delay parsing it. 11005 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11006 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11007 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11008 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11009 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11010 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11011 } 11012 } 11013 return false; 11014 } 11015 11016 return true; 11017 } 11018 11019 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11020 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11021 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11022 // rest of the file. 11023 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11024 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11025 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11026 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11027 return false; 11028 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11029 } 11030 11031 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11032 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11033 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11034 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11035 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11036 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 11037 } 11038 11039 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11040 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11041 } 11042 11043 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11044 bool IsInstantiation) { 11045 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11046 11047 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11048 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11049 11050 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11051 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11052 11053 if (FD) { 11054 FD->setBody(Body); 11055 11056 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 11057 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11058 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11059 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11060 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11061 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11062 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11063 << FD->getReturnType(); 11064 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11065 } else { 11066 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11067 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11068 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11069 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11070 } 11071 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11072 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11073 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11074 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11075 11076 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11077 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11078 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11079 QualType RetType = 11080 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11081 11082 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11083 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11084 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11085 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11086 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11087 } 11088 } 11089 11090 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11091 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11092 // is the first declaration. 11093 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11094 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11095 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11096 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11097 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11098 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11099 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11100 } 11101 11102 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11103 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11104 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11105 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11106 11107 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11108 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11109 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11110 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11111 11112 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11113 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11114 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11115 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 11116 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11117 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11118 11119 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11120 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11121 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11122 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11123 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11124 11125 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11126 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11127 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11128 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11129 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11130 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11131 } 11132 11133 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11134 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11135 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11136 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11137 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11138 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11139 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11140 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11141 11142 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11143 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11144 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11145 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11146 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11147 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11148 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11149 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11150 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11151 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11152 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11153 } 11154 } 11155 } 11156 11157 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11158 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11159 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11160 MD->isVirtual() && 11161 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11162 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11163 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11164 if (FD->isInlined() && 11165 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11166 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11167 11168 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11169 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11170 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11171 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11172 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11173 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11174 } else { 11175 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11176 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11177 } 11178 } 11179 } 11180 11181 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11182 "Function parsing confused"); 11183 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11184 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11185 MD->setBody(Body); 11186 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11187 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 11188 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 11189 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11190 11191 if (Body) 11192 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11193 } 11194 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11195 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11196 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11197 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11198 } 11199 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11200 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11201 bool isDesignated = 11202 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11203 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11204 (void)isDesignated; 11205 11206 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11207 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11208 if (!IFace) 11209 return false; 11210 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11211 if (!SuperD) 11212 return false; 11213 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11214 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11215 }; 11216 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11217 // of NSObject. 11218 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11219 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11220 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11221 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11222 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11223 } 11224 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11225 } 11226 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11227 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11228 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11229 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11230 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11231 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11232 } 11233 } else { 11234 return nullptr; 11235 } 11236 11237 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11238 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11239 "handled in the block above."); 11240 11241 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11242 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11243 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11244 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11245 // Verify this. 11246 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11247 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11248 11249 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11250 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11251 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11252 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11253 11254 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11255 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11256 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11257 11258 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11259 Destructor->getParent()); 11260 } 11261 11262 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11263 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11264 // deletion in some later function. 11265 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11266 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11267 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11268 } 11269 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11270 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11271 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11272 // enabled. 11273 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11274 } 11275 11276 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11277 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11278 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11279 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11280 11281 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11282 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11283 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11284 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11285 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11286 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11287 break; 11288 } 11289 } 11290 } 11291 11292 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11293 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11294 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11295 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11296 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11297 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11298 } 11299 11300 if (!IsInstantiation) 11301 PopDeclContext(); 11302 11303 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11304 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11305 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11306 // deletion in some later function. 11307 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11308 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11309 } 11310 11311 return dcl; 11312 } 11313 11314 11315 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11316 /// relevant Decl. 11317 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11318 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11319 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11320 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11321 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11322 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11323 11324 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11325 if (Method->isStatic()) 11326 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11327 } 11328 11329 11330 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11331 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11332 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11333 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11334 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11335 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11336 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11337 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11338 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11339 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11340 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11341 return ExternCPrev; 11342 } 11343 11344 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11345 unsigned diag_id; 11346 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11347 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11348 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11349 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11350 else 11351 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11352 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11353 11354 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11355 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11356 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11357 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11358 if (S && 11359 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11360 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11361 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11362 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11363 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11364 } 11365 11366 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11367 const char *Dummy; 11368 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11369 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11370 unsigned DiagID; 11371 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11372 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11373 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11374 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11375 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11376 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11377 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11378 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11379 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11380 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11381 /*NumParams=*/0, 11382 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11383 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11384 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11385 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11386 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11387 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11388 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11389 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11390 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11391 EST_None, 11392 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11393 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11394 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11395 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11396 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11397 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11398 Loc, Loc, D), 11399 DS.getAttributes(), 11400 SourceLocation()); 11401 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11402 11403 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11404 11405 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11406 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11407 11408 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11409 FD->setImplicit(); 11410 11411 CurContext = PrevDC; 11412 11413 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11414 11415 return FD; 11416 } 11417 11418 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11419 /// the declaration of this function. 11420 /// 11421 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11422 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11423 /// like NSLog or printf. 11424 /// 11425 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11426 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11427 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11428 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11429 return; 11430 11431 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11432 // actual attributes. 11433 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11434 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11435 unsigned FormatIdx; 11436 bool HasVAListArg; 11437 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11438 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11439 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11440 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11441 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11442 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11443 fmt = "NSString"; 11444 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11445 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11446 FormatIdx+1, 11447 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11448 FD->getLocation())); 11449 } 11450 } 11451 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11452 HasVAListArg)) { 11453 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11454 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11455 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11456 FormatIdx+1, 11457 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11458 FD->getLocation())); 11459 } 11460 11461 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11462 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11463 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11464 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11465 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11466 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11467 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11468 } 11469 11470 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11471 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11472 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11473 FD->getLocation())); 11474 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11475 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11476 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11477 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11478 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 11479 Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11480 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11481 // Assign appropriate attribute depending on CUDA compilation 11482 // mode and the target builtin belongs to. E.g. during host 11483 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, the rest are __host__. 11484 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11485 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11486 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11487 else 11488 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11489 } 11490 } 11491 11492 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11493 if (!Name) 11494 return; 11495 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11496 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11497 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11498 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11499 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11500 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11501 // about. 11502 } else 11503 return; 11504 11505 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11506 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11507 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11508 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11509 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11510 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11511 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11512 FD->getLocation())); 11513 } 11514 11515 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11516 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11517 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11518 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11519 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11520 FD->getLocation())); 11521 } 11522 } 11523 11524 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11525 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11526 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11527 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11528 11529 if (!TInfo) { 11530 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11531 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11532 } 11533 11534 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11535 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11536 D.getLocStart(), 11537 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11538 D.getIdentifier(), 11539 TInfo); 11540 11541 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11542 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11543 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11544 return NewTD; 11545 } 11546 11547 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11548 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11549 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11550 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11551 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11552 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11553 else 11554 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11555 } 11556 11557 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11558 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11559 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11560 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11561 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11562 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11563 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11564 case TST_enum: 11565 case TST_struct: 11566 case TST_interface: 11567 case TST_union: 11568 case TST_class: { 11569 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11570 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11571 break; 11572 } 11573 11574 default: 11575 break; 11576 } 11577 11578 return NewTD; 11579 } 11580 11581 11582 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11583 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11584 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11585 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11586 11587 if (T->isDependentType()) 11588 return false; 11589 11590 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11591 if (BT->isInteger()) 11592 return false; 11593 11594 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11595 return true; 11596 } 11597 11598 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11599 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11600 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 11601 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11602 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11603 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11604 11605 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11606 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11607 << Prev->isScoped(); 11608 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11609 return true; 11610 } 11611 11612 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11613 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11614 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11615 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11616 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11617 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11618 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11619 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11620 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11621 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11622 return true; 11623 } 11624 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 11625 ; 11626 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 11627 ; 11628 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11629 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11630 << Prev->isFixed(); 11631 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11632 return true; 11633 } 11634 11635 return false; 11636 } 11637 11638 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11639 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11640 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11641 /// 11642 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11643 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11644 switch (Tag) { 11645 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11646 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11647 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11648 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11649 } 11650 } 11651 11652 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11653 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11654 /// 11655 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11656 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11657 { 11658 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11659 } 11660 11661 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11662 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11663 /// 11664 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11665 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11666 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11667 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11668 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11669 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11670 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11671 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11672 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11673 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11674 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11675 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11676 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11677 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11678 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11679 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11680 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11681 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11682 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11683 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11684 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11685 return true; 11686 11687 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11688 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11689 bool isTemplate = false; 11690 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11691 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11692 11693 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11694 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11695 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11696 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11697 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11698 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11699 return true; 11700 } 11701 11702 if (isDefinition) { 11703 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11704 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11705 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11706 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11707 return true; 11708 } 11709 11710 bool previousMismatch = false; 11711 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11712 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11713 if (!previousMismatch) { 11714 previousMismatch = true; 11715 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11716 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11717 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11718 } 11719 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11720 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11721 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11722 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11723 } 11724 } 11725 return true; 11726 } 11727 11728 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11729 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11730 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11731 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11732 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11733 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11734 return true; 11735 } 11736 11737 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11738 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11739 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11740 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11741 11742 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11743 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11744 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11745 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11746 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11747 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11748 } 11749 11750 return true; 11751 } 11752 return false; 11753 } 11754 11755 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11756 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11757 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11758 /// namespace N { 11759 /// struct X; 11760 /// namespace M { 11761 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11762 /// } 11763 /// } 11764 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11765 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11766 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11767 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11768 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11769 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11770 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11771 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11772 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11773 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11774 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11775 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11776 return FixItHint(); 11777 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11778 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11779 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11780 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11781 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11782 break; 11783 } 11784 11785 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11786 // build an NNS. 11787 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11788 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11789 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11790 OS << "::"; 11791 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11792 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11793 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11794 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11795 } 11796 11797 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11798 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11799 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11800 /// using-declaration). 11801 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11802 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11803 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11804 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11805 11806 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11807 return true; 11808 11809 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11810 // encloses the other). 11811 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11812 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11813 return true; 11814 11815 return false; 11816 } 11817 11818 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 11819 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 11820 /// nothing. 11821 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11822 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11823 DC = DC->getParent(); 11824 return DC; 11825 } 11826 11827 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 11828 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 11829 /// nothing. 11830 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 11831 while (S->isClassScope() || 11832 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 11833 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11834 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11835 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11836 S = S->getParent(); 11837 return S; 11838 } 11839 11840 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11841 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11842 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11843 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11844 /// 11845 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11846 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11847 /// 11848 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11849 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11850 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11851 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11852 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11853 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11854 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11855 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11856 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11857 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11858 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11859 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11860 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11861 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11862 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11863 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11864 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11865 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11866 11867 OwnedDecl = false; 11868 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11869 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11870 11871 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11872 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11873 bool Invalid = false; 11874 11875 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11876 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11877 // for non-C++ cases. 11878 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11879 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11880 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11881 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11882 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11883 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11884 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11885 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11886 return nullptr; 11887 } 11888 11889 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11890 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11891 // be a member of another template). 11892 11893 if (Invalid) 11894 return nullptr; 11895 11896 OwnedDecl = false; 11897 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11898 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11899 TemplateParams, AS, 11900 ModulePrivateLoc, 11901 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11902 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11903 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11904 SkipBody); 11905 return Result.get(); 11906 } else { 11907 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11908 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11909 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11910 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11911 } 11912 } 11913 } 11914 11915 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11916 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11917 // redeclaration. 11918 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11919 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 11920 11921 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11922 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11923 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11924 // type, default to int. 11925 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11926 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11927 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11928 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11929 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11930 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11931 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11932 11933 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11934 // Recover by falling back to int. 11935 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11936 11937 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11938 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11939 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11940 11941 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11942 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11943 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11944 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11945 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 11946 } 11947 } 11948 } 11949 11950 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11951 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11952 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11953 11954 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11955 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11956 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11957 11958 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11959 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11960 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11961 11962 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11963 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11964 Name = nullptr; 11965 goto CreateNewDecl; 11966 } 11967 11968 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11969 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11970 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11971 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11972 if (!DC) { 11973 IsDependent = true; 11974 return nullptr; 11975 } 11976 } else { 11977 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11978 if (!DC) { 11979 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11980 << SS.getRange(); 11981 return nullptr; 11982 } 11983 } 11984 11985 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11986 return nullptr; 11987 11988 SearchDC = DC; 11989 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11990 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11991 11992 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11993 return nullptr; 11994 11995 if (Previous.empty()) { 11996 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11997 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11998 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11999 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12000 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12001 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12002 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12003 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12004 IsDependent = true; 12005 return nullptr; 12006 } 12007 12008 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12009 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12010 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12011 Name = nullptr; 12012 Invalid = true; 12013 goto CreateNewDecl; 12014 } 12015 } else if (Name) { 12016 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12017 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12018 // name different from T: 12019 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12020 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12021 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12022 return nullptr; 12023 12024 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12025 // declaration or definition. 12026 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12027 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12028 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12029 LookupName(Previous, S); 12030 12031 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12032 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12033 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12034 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12035 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12036 while (F.hasNext()) { 12037 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12038 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 12039 F.erase(); 12040 } 12041 F.done(); 12042 } 12043 12044 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12045 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12046 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12047 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12048 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12049 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12050 // 12051 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12052 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12053 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12054 // 12055 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12056 // semantic context? 12057 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12058 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12059 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12060 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12061 while (F.hasNext()) { 12062 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12063 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12064 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12065 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12066 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12067 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12068 else 12069 F.erase(); 12070 } 12071 } 12072 F.done(); 12073 12074 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12075 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12076 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12077 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12078 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12079 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12080 } 12081 } 12082 12083 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12084 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12085 return nullptr; 12086 12087 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12088 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12089 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12090 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12091 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12092 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12093 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12094 } 12095 } 12096 12097 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12098 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12099 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12100 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12101 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12102 Previous.clear(); 12103 } 12104 12105 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12106 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12107 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12108 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12109 12110 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12111 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12112 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12113 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12114 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12115 } 12116 } 12117 12118 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12119 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12120 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12121 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12122 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12123 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12124 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12125 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12126 12127 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12128 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12129 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12130 // 12131 // class-key identifier 12132 // 12133 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12134 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12135 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12136 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12137 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12138 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12139 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12140 // declaration. 12141 // 12142 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12143 // C structs and unions. 12144 // 12145 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12146 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12147 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12148 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12149 // 12150 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12151 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12152 // 12153 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12154 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12155 // lexical context, 12156 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12157 12158 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12159 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12160 } else { 12161 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12162 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12163 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12164 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12165 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12166 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12167 } 12168 12169 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12170 // diagnose some problems. 12171 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12172 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12173 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12174 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12175 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12176 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12177 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12178 } else { 12179 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12180 LookupName(Previous, S); 12181 } 12182 } 12183 12184 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12185 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12186 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12187 12188 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12189 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12190 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12191 12192 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12193 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12194 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12195 // in C++. 12196 // 12197 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12198 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12199 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12200 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12201 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12202 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12203 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12204 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12205 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12206 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12207 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12208 PrevDecl = Tag; 12209 Previous.clear(); 12210 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12211 Previous.resolveKind(); 12212 } 12213 } 12214 } 12215 } 12216 12217 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12218 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12219 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12220 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12221 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12222 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12223 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12224 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12225 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12226 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12227 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12228 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12229 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12230 << 0; 12231 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12232 Previous.clear(); 12233 goto CreateNewDecl; 12234 } 12235 } 12236 12237 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12238 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12239 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12240 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12241 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12242 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12243 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12244 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12245 // struct or something similar. 12246 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12247 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12248 Name)) { 12249 bool SafeToContinue 12250 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12251 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12252 if (SafeToContinue) 12253 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12254 << Name 12255 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12256 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12257 else 12258 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12259 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12260 12261 if (SafeToContinue) 12262 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12263 else { 12264 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12265 Name = nullptr; 12266 Previous.clear(); 12267 Invalid = true; 12268 } 12269 } 12270 12271 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12272 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12273 12274 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12275 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12276 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12277 if (ScopedEnum) 12278 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12279 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12280 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12281 return PrevTagDecl; 12282 } 12283 12284 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12285 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12286 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12287 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12288 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12289 12290 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12291 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12292 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12293 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12294 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12295 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12296 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12297 } 12298 12299 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12300 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12301 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12302 // and then later defined. 12303 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12304 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12306 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12307 } 12308 12309 if (!Invalid) { 12310 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12311 // we have attributes. 12312 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12313 if (Attr) { 12314 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 12315 // declaration to hold them. 12316 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 12317 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 12318 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 12319 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 12320 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 12321 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 12322 SS.isEmpty()) { 12323 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 12324 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 12325 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 12326 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 12327 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 12328 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 12329 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 12330 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 12331 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12332 return PrevTagDecl; 12333 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 12334 // that scope. 12335 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12336 } else { 12337 return PrevTagDecl; 12338 } 12339 } 12340 12341 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12342 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12343 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12344 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12345 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12346 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12347 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12348 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12349 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12350 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12351 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12352 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12353 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12354 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12355 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12356 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12357 } 12358 12359 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12360 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12361 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12362 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12363 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12364 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12365 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12366 // use it in place of this one. 12367 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12368 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12369 return Def; 12370 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12371 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12372 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12373 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12374 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12375 else 12376 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12377 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12378 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12379 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12380 // references get the previous definition. 12381 Name = nullptr; 12382 Previous.clear(); 12383 Invalid = true; 12384 } 12385 } else { 12386 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12387 // about a nested redefinition. 12388 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12389 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12390 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12391 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12392 diag::note_previous_definition); 12393 Name = nullptr; 12394 Previous.clear(); 12395 Invalid = true; 12396 } 12397 } 12398 12399 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12400 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12401 } 12402 12403 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12404 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12405 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12406 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12407 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12408 AS = AS_none; 12409 } 12410 } 12411 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12412 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12413 12414 } else { 12415 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12416 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12417 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12418 // have distinct types. 12419 Previous.clear(); 12420 } 12421 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12422 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12423 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12424 12425 12426 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12427 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12428 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12429 } else { 12430 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12431 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12432 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12433 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12434 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12435 unsigned Kind = 0; 12436 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12437 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12438 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12439 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12440 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12441 Invalid = true; 12442 12443 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12444 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12445 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12446 // do nothing 12447 12448 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12449 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12450 unsigned Kind = 0; 12451 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12452 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12453 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12454 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12455 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12456 Invalid = true; 12457 12458 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12459 // case here. 12460 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12461 unsigned Kind = 0; 12462 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12463 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12464 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12465 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12466 Invalid = true; 12467 12468 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12469 } else { 12470 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12471 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12472 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12473 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12474 Name = nullptr; 12475 Invalid = true; 12476 } 12477 12478 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12479 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12480 Previous.clear(); 12481 } 12482 } 12483 12484 CreateNewDecl: 12485 12486 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12487 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12488 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12489 12490 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12491 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12492 // keyword. 12493 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12494 12495 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12496 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12497 // PrevDecl. 12498 TagDecl *New; 12499 12500 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12501 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12502 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12503 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12504 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12505 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12506 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12507 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12508 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12509 TagDecl *Def; 12510 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12511 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12512 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12513 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12514 } 12515 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12516 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12517 << New; 12518 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12519 } else { 12520 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12521 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12522 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12523 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12524 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12525 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12526 12527 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12528 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12529 // the declaration context. 12530 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12531 IsForwardReference = true; 12532 } 12533 } 12534 12535 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12536 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12537 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12538 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12539 else 12540 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12541 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12542 } 12543 12544 } else { 12545 // struct/union/class 12546 12547 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12548 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12549 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12550 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12551 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12552 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12553 12554 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12555 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12556 } else 12557 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12558 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12559 } 12560 12561 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12562 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12563 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12564 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12565 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12566 Invalid = true; 12567 } 12568 12569 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12570 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12571 if (SS.isSet()) { 12572 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12573 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12574 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12575 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12576 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12577 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12578 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12579 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12580 Invalid = true; 12581 12582 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12583 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12584 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12585 } 12586 } 12587 else 12588 Invalid = true; 12589 } 12590 12591 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12592 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12593 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12594 // 12595 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12596 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12597 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12598 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12599 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12600 // parsing of the struct). 12601 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12602 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12603 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12604 } 12605 } 12606 12607 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12608 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12609 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12610 << 2 12611 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12612 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12613 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12614 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12615 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12616 New->setModulePrivate(); 12617 } 12618 12619 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12620 // check the specialization. 12621 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12622 Invalid = true; 12623 12624 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12625 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12626 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12627 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12628 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12629 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12630 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12631 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12632 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12633 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12634 << Name; 12635 Invalid = true; 12636 } 12637 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 12638 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12639 } 12640 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12641 } 12642 12643 if (Invalid) 12644 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12645 12646 if (Attr) 12647 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12648 12649 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12650 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12651 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12652 12653 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12654 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12655 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12656 // the tag name visible. 12657 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12658 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12659 12660 // Set the access specifier. 12661 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12662 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12663 12664 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12665 New->startDefinition(); 12666 12667 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12668 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12669 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12670 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12671 if (PrevDecl) 12672 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12673 12674 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12675 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12676 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12677 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12678 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12679 } else if (Name) { 12680 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12681 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12682 if (IsForwardReference) 12683 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12684 12685 } else { 12686 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12687 } 12688 12689 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12690 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12691 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12692 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12693 II->isStr("FILE")) 12694 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12695 12696 if (PrevDecl) 12697 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12698 12699 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12700 // record. 12701 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12702 12703 OwnedDecl = true; 12704 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12705 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12706 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12707 } 12708 12709 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12710 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12711 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12712 12713 // Enter the tag context. 12714 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12715 12716 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12717 12718 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12719 // record. 12720 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12721 } 12722 12723 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12724 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12725 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12726 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12727 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12728 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12729 CurContext = OCD; 12730 return IDecl; 12731 } 12732 12733 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12734 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12735 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12736 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12737 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12738 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12739 12740 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12741 12742 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12743 return; 12744 12745 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12746 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12747 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12748 12749 // C++ [class]p2: 12750 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12751 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12752 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12753 // as if it were a public member name. 12754 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12755 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12756 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12757 Record->getIdentifier(), 12758 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12759 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12760 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12761 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12762 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12763 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12764 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12765 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12766 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12767 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12768 } 12769 12770 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12771 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12772 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12773 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12774 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12775 12776 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12777 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12778 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12779 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12780 RD->completeDefinition(); 12781 } 12782 12783 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12784 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12785 12786 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12787 PopDeclContext(); 12788 12789 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12790 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12791 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12792 12793 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12794 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12795 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12796 } 12797 12798 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12799 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12800 PopDeclContext(); 12801 } 12802 12803 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12804 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12805 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12806 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12807 } 12808 12809 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12810 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12811 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12812 } 12813 12814 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12815 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12816 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12817 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12818 12819 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12820 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12821 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12822 RD->completeDefinition(); 12823 } 12824 12825 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12826 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12827 // the FieldCollector. 12828 12829 PopDeclContext(); 12830 } 12831 12832 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12833 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12834 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12835 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12836 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12837 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12838 if (ZeroWidth) 12839 *ZeroWidth = true; 12840 12841 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12842 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12843 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12844 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12845 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12846 return ExprError(); 12847 if (FieldName) 12848 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12849 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12850 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12851 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12852 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12853 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12854 return ExprError(); 12855 12856 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12857 // it now. 12858 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12859 return BitWidth; 12860 12861 llvm::APSInt Value; 12862 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12863 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12864 return ICE; 12865 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12866 12867 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12868 *ZeroWidth = false; 12869 12870 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12871 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12872 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12873 12874 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12875 if (FieldName) 12876 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12877 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12878 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12879 << Value.toString(10); 12880 } 12881 12882 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12883 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12884 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 12885 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 12886 12887 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 12888 // ABI. 12889 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 12890 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12891 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 12892 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 12893 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 12894 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 12895 unsigned DiagWidth = 12896 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 12897 if (FieldName) 12898 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12899 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12900 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 12901 12902 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12903 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 12904 << DiagWidth; 12905 } 12906 12907 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 12908 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 12909 // 'bool'. 12910 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 12911 if (FieldName) 12912 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12913 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12914 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12915 else 12916 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12917 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12918 } 12919 } 12920 12921 return BitWidth; 12922 } 12923 12924 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12925 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12926 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12927 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12928 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12929 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12930 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12931 return Res; 12932 } 12933 12934 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12935 /// 12936 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12937 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12938 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12939 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12940 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12941 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12942 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12943 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12944 12945 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12946 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12947 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12948 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12949 12950 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12951 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12952 D.setInvalidType(); 12953 T = Context.IntTy; 12954 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12955 } 12956 } 12957 12958 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12959 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12960 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12961 D.setInvalidType(); 12962 } 12963 12964 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12965 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12966 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12967 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12968 D.setInvalidType(); 12969 } 12970 12971 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12972 12973 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12974 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12975 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12976 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12977 12978 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12979 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12980 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12981 LookupName(Previous, S); 12982 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12983 case LookupResult::Found: 12984 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12985 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12986 break; 12987 12988 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12989 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12990 break; 12991 12992 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12993 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12994 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12995 break; 12996 } 12997 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12998 12999 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13000 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13001 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13002 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13003 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13004 } 13005 13006 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13007 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13008 13009 bool Mutable 13010 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13011 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13012 FieldDecl *NewFD 13013 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13014 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13015 13016 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13017 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13018 13019 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13020 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13021 13022 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13023 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13024 // with the same name in the same scope. 13025 } else if (II) { 13026 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13027 } else 13028 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13029 13030 return NewFD; 13031 } 13032 13033 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13034 /// 13035 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13036 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13037 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13038 /// created. 13039 /// 13040 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13041 /// 13042 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13043 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13044 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13045 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13046 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13047 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13048 SourceLocation TSSL, 13049 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13050 Declarator *D) { 13051 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13052 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13053 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13054 13055 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13056 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13057 if (T.isNull()) { 13058 InvalidDecl = true; 13059 T = Context.IntTy; 13060 } 13061 13062 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13063 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13064 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13065 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13066 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13067 InvalidDecl = true; 13068 } else { 13069 NamedDecl *Def; 13070 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13071 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13072 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13073 InvalidDecl = true; 13074 } 13075 } 13076 } 13077 13078 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13079 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13080 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13081 InvalidDecl = true; 13082 } 13083 13084 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13085 // than a variably modified type. 13086 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13087 bool SizeIsNegative; 13088 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13089 13090 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13091 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13092 SizeIsNegative, 13093 Oversized); 13094 if (FixedTInfo) { 13095 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13096 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13097 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13098 } else { 13099 if (SizeIsNegative) 13100 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13101 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13102 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13103 << Oversized.toString(10); 13104 else 13105 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13106 InvalidDecl = true; 13107 } 13108 } 13109 13110 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13111 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13112 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13113 AbstractFieldType)) 13114 InvalidDecl = true; 13115 13116 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13117 if (InvalidDecl) 13118 BitWidth = nullptr; 13119 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13120 if (BitWidth) { 13121 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13122 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13123 if (!BitWidth) { 13124 InvalidDecl = true; 13125 BitWidth = nullptr; 13126 ZeroWidth = false; 13127 } 13128 } 13129 13130 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13131 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13132 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13133 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13134 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13135 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13136 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13137 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13138 13139 if (DiagID) { 13140 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13141 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13142 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13143 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13144 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13145 Mutable = false; 13146 InvalidDecl = true; 13147 } 13148 } 13149 } 13150 13151 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13152 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13153 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13154 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13155 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13156 13157 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13158 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13159 if (InvalidDecl) 13160 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13161 13162 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13163 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13164 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13165 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13166 } 13167 13168 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13169 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13170 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13171 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13172 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13173 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13174 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13175 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13176 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13177 // objects. 13178 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13179 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13180 } 13181 } 13182 13183 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13184 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13185 // enabled. 13186 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13187 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13188 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13189 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13190 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13191 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13192 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13193 } 13194 } 13195 } 13196 13197 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13198 // representation, not a parser representation. 13199 if (D) { 13200 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13201 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13202 13203 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13204 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13205 } 13206 13207 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13208 // retainable type. 13209 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13210 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13211 13212 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13213 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13214 13215 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13216 return NewFD; 13217 } 13218 13219 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13220 assert(FD); 13221 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13222 13223 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13224 return false; 13225 13226 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13227 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13228 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13229 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13230 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13231 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13232 // copy constructors. 13233 13234 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13235 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13236 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13237 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13238 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13239 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13240 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13241 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13242 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13243 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13244 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13245 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13246 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13247 member = CXXDestructor; 13248 13249 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13250 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13251 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13252 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13253 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13254 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13255 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13256 // members unavailable. 13257 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13258 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13259 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13260 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13261 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13262 return false; 13263 } 13264 } 13265 13266 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13267 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13268 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13269 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13270 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13271 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13272 } 13273 } 13274 } 13275 13276 return false; 13277 } 13278 13279 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13280 /// AST enum value. 13281 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13282 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13283 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13284 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13285 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13286 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13287 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13288 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13289 } 13290 } 13291 13292 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13293 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13294 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13295 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13296 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13297 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13298 13299 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13300 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13301 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13302 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13303 13304 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13305 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13306 13307 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13308 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13309 13310 if (BitWidth) { 13311 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13312 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13313 if (!BitWidth) 13314 D.setInvalidType(); 13315 } else { 13316 // Not a bitfield. 13317 13318 // validate II. 13319 13320 } 13321 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13322 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13323 D.setInvalidType(); 13324 } 13325 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13326 // than a variably modified type. 13327 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13328 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13329 D.setInvalidType(); 13330 } 13331 13332 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13333 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13334 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13335 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13336 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13337 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13338 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13339 return nullptr; 13340 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13341 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13342 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13343 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13344 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13345 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13346 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13347 } 13348 else 13349 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13350 } else { 13351 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13352 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13353 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13354 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13355 return nullptr; 13356 } 13357 } 13358 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13359 } 13360 13361 // Construct the decl. 13362 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13363 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13364 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13365 13366 if (II) { 13367 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13368 ForRedeclaration); 13369 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13370 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13371 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13372 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13373 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13374 } 13375 } 13376 13377 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13378 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13379 13380 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13381 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13382 13383 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13384 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13385 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13386 13387 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13388 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13389 13390 if (II) { 13391 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13392 // these to the interface. 13393 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13394 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13395 } 13396 13397 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13398 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13399 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13400 13401 return NewID; 13402 } 13403 13404 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13405 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13406 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13407 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13408 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13409 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13410 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13411 return; 13412 13413 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13414 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13415 13416 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13417 return; 13418 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13419 if (!ID) { 13420 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13421 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13422 return; 13423 } 13424 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13425 else 13426 return; 13427 } 13428 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13429 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13430 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13431 13432 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13433 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13434 Context.CharTy, 13435 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13436 DeclLoc), 13437 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13438 true); 13439 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13440 } 13441 13442 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13443 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13444 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13445 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13446 13447 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13448 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13449 // it will now change. 13450 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13451 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13452 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13453 default: break; 13454 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13455 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13456 break; 13457 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13458 Context. 13459 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13460 break; 13461 } 13462 } 13463 13464 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13465 13466 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13467 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13468 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13469 if (Record) { 13470 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13471 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13472 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13473 ++NumNamedMembers; 13474 } 13475 } 13476 13477 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13478 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13479 13480 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13481 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13482 i != end; ++i) { 13483 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13484 13485 // Get the type for the field. 13486 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13487 13488 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13489 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13490 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13491 } 13492 13493 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13494 // diagnostics about it. 13495 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13496 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13497 continue; 13498 } 13499 13500 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13501 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13502 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13503 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13504 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13505 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13506 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13507 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13508 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13509 // array. 13510 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13511 // Field declared as a function. 13512 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13513 << FD->getDeclName(); 13514 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13515 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13516 continue; 13517 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13518 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13519 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13520 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13521 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13522 // Flexible array member. 13523 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13524 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13525 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13526 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13527 if (Record->isUnion()) 13528 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13529 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13530 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13531 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13532 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13533 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13534 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13535 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13536 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13537 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13538 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13539 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13540 : 0; 13541 13542 if (DiagID) 13543 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13544 << Record->getTagKind(); 13545 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13546 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13547 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13548 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13549 // of the type. 13550 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13551 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13552 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13553 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13554 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13555 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13556 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13557 13558 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13559 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13560 // 13561 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13562 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13563 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13564 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13565 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13566 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13567 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13568 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13569 continue; 13570 } 13571 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13572 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13573 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13574 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13575 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13576 // Incomplete type 13577 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13578 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13579 continue; 13580 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13581 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13582 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13583 // flexible array member. 13584 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13585 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13586 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13587 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13588 // structures. 13589 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13590 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13591 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13592 else { 13593 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13594 // other structs as an extension. 13595 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13596 << FD->getDeclName(); 13597 } 13598 } 13599 } 13600 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13601 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13602 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13603 AbstractIvarType)) { 13604 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13605 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13606 } 13607 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13608 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13609 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13610 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13611 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13612 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13613 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13614 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13615 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13616 FD->setType(T); 13617 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13618 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13619 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13620 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13621 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13622 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13623 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13624 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13625 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13626 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13627 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13628 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13629 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13630 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13631 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 13632 } 13633 } else { 13634 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13635 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13636 } 13637 ARCErrReported = true; 13638 } 13639 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13640 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13641 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13642 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13643 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13644 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13645 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13646 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13647 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13648 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13649 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13650 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13651 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13652 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13653 } 13654 } 13655 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13656 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13657 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13658 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13659 ++NumNamedMembers; 13660 } 13661 13662 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13663 if (Record) { 13664 bool Completed = false; 13665 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13666 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13667 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13668 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13669 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13670 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13671 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13672 13673 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13674 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13675 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13676 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13677 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13678 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13679 } 13680 13681 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13682 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13683 13684 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13685 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13686 // problem now. 13687 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13688 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13689 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13690 13691 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13692 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13693 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13694 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13695 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13696 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13697 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13698 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13699 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13700 continue; 13701 13702 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13703 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13704 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13705 // program is ill-formed. 13706 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13707 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13708 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13709 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13710 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13711 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13712 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13713 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13714 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13715 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13716 13717 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13718 } 13719 } 13720 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13721 Completed = true; 13722 } 13723 } 13724 } 13725 } 13726 13727 if (!Completed) 13728 Record->completeDefinition(); 13729 13730 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13731 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13732 13733 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13734 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13735 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13736 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13737 } 13738 13739 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13740 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13741 // compatibility problems. 13742 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13743 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13744 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13745 } else { 13746 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13747 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13748 CheckForZeroSize = 13749 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13750 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13751 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13752 } 13753 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13754 bool ZeroSize = true; 13755 bool IsEmpty = true; 13756 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13757 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13758 E = Record->field_end(); 13759 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13760 IsEmpty = false; 13761 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13762 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13763 ZeroSize = false; 13764 } else { 13765 ++NonBitFields; 13766 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13767 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13768 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13769 ZeroSize = false; 13770 } 13771 } 13772 13773 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13774 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13775 // extern "C" block. 13776 if (ZeroSize) { 13777 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13778 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13779 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13780 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13781 } 13782 13783 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13784 // but are accepted by GCC. 13785 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13786 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13787 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13788 << Record->isUnion(); 13789 } 13790 } 13791 } else { 13792 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13793 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13794 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13795 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13796 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13797 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13798 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13799 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13800 } 13801 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13802 // duplicates. 13803 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13804 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13805 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13806 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13807 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13808 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13809 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13810 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13811 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13812 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13813 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13814 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13815 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13816 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13817 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13818 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13819 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13820 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13821 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13822 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13823 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13824 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13825 if (IDecl) { 13826 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13827 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13828 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13829 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13830 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13831 continue; 13832 } 13833 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13834 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13835 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13836 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13837 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13838 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13839 continue; 13840 } 13841 } 13842 } 13843 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13844 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13845 } 13846 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13847 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13848 } 13849 } 13850 13851 if (Attr) 13852 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13853 } 13854 13855 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13856 /// the given type T. 13857 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13858 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13859 QualType T) { 13860 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13861 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13862 13863 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13864 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13865 --BitWidth; 13866 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13867 } 13868 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13869 } 13870 13871 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13872 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13873 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13874 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13875 // enum checking below. 13876 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13877 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13878 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13879 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13880 }; 13881 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13882 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13883 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13884 }; 13885 13886 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13887 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13888 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13889 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13890 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13891 return Types[I]; 13892 13893 return QualType(); 13894 } 13895 13896 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13897 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13898 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13899 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13900 Expr *Val) { 13901 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13902 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13903 QualType EltTy; 13904 13905 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13906 Val = nullptr; 13907 13908 if (Val) 13909 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13910 13911 if (Val) { 13912 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13913 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13914 else { 13915 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13916 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13917 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13918 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13919 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13920 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13921 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13922 ExprResult Converted = 13923 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13924 CCEK_Enumerator); 13925 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13926 Val = nullptr; 13927 else 13928 Val = Converted.get(); 13929 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13930 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13931 &EnumVal).get())) { 13932 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13933 } else { 13934 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13935 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13936 13937 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13938 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13939 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13940 // expression checking. 13941 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13942 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13943 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13944 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13945 } else 13946 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13947 } else 13948 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13949 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13950 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13951 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13952 // is the type of its initializing value: 13953 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13954 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13955 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13956 } else { 13957 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13958 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13959 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13960 // representable as an int. 13961 13962 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13963 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13964 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13965 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13966 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13967 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13968 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13969 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13970 } 13971 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13972 } 13973 } 13974 } 13975 } 13976 13977 if (!Val) { 13978 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13979 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13980 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13981 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13982 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13983 // is the type of its initializing value: 13984 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13985 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13986 // 13987 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13988 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13989 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13990 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13991 } 13992 else { 13993 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13994 } 13995 } else { 13996 // Assign the last value + 1. 13997 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13998 ++EnumVal; 13999 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14000 14001 // Check for overflow on increment. 14002 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14003 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14004 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14005 // is the type of its initializing value: 14006 // 14007 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14008 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14009 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14010 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14011 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14012 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14013 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14014 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14015 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14016 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14017 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14018 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14019 ++EnumVal; 14020 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14021 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14022 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14023 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14024 << EltTy; 14025 else 14026 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14027 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14028 } else { 14029 EltTy = T; 14030 } 14031 14032 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14033 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14034 // value, then increment. 14035 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14036 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14037 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14038 ++EnumVal; 14039 14040 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14041 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14042 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14043 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14044 // integral type. 14045 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14046 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14047 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14048 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14049 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14050 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14051 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14052 } 14053 } 14054 } 14055 14056 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14057 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14058 // enumerator's type. 14059 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14060 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14061 } 14062 14063 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14064 Val, EnumVal); 14065 } 14066 14067 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14068 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14069 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14070 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14071 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14072 14073 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14074 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14075 // skip the body. 14076 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14077 ForRedeclaration); 14078 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14079 if (!PrevECD) 14080 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14081 14082 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14083 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14084 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14085 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14086 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14087 return Skip; 14088 } 14089 14090 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14091 } 14092 14093 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14094 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14095 AttributeList *Attr, 14096 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14097 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14098 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14099 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14100 14101 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14102 // we find one that is. 14103 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14104 14105 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14106 // scope. 14107 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14108 ForRedeclaration); 14109 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14110 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14111 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14112 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14113 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14114 } 14115 14116 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14117 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14118 // different from T: 14119 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14120 // enumerated type 14121 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14122 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14123 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14124 14125 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14126 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14127 if (!New) 14128 return nullptr; 14129 14130 if (PrevDecl) { 14131 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14132 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14133 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14134 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14135 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14136 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14137 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14138 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14139 else 14140 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14141 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14142 return nullptr; 14143 } 14144 } 14145 14146 // Process attributes. 14147 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14148 14149 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14150 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14151 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14152 14153 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14154 14155 return New; 14156 } 14157 14158 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14159 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14160 // Element2 = Element1 14161 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14162 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14163 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14164 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14165 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14166 if (!InitExpr) 14167 return true; 14168 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14169 14170 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14171 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14172 return true; 14173 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14174 if (!IL) 14175 return true; 14176 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14177 return true; 14178 14179 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14180 } 14181 14182 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14183 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14184 if (!DRE) 14185 return true; 14186 14187 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14188 if (!EnumConstant) 14189 return true; 14190 14191 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14192 Enum) 14193 return true; 14194 14195 return false; 14196 } 14197 14198 namespace { 14199 struct DupKey { 14200 int64_t val; 14201 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14202 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14203 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14204 }; 14205 14206 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14207 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14208 false); 14209 } 14210 14211 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14212 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14213 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14214 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14215 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14216 } 14217 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14218 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14219 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14220 } 14221 }; 14222 } // end anonymous namespace 14223 14224 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14225 // a previous element has already been set to. 14226 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14227 EnumDecl *Enum, 14228 QualType EnumType) { 14229 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14230 return; 14231 // Avoid anonymous enums 14232 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14233 return; 14234 14235 // Only check for small enums. 14236 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14237 return; 14238 14239 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14240 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14241 14242 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14243 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14244 ValueToVectorMap; 14245 14246 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14247 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14248 14249 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14250 // an initialier. 14251 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14252 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14253 14254 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14255 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14256 if (!ECD) { 14257 return; 14258 } 14259 14260 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14261 continue; 14262 14263 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14264 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14265 14266 // First time encountering this value. 14267 if (Entry.isNull()) 14268 Entry = ECD; 14269 } 14270 14271 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14272 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14273 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14274 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14275 continue; 14276 14277 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14278 14279 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14280 if (Entry.isNull()) 14281 continue; 14282 14283 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14284 // Ensure constants are different. 14285 if (D == ECD) 14286 continue; 14287 14288 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14289 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14290 Vec->push_back(D); 14291 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14292 14293 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14294 Entry = Vec; 14295 14296 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14297 // diagnostics. 14298 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14299 continue; 14300 } 14301 14302 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14303 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14304 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14305 continue; 14306 14307 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14308 } 14309 14310 // Emit diagnostics. 14311 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14312 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14313 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14314 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14315 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14316 14317 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14318 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14319 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14320 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14321 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14322 ++I; 14323 14324 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14325 // the same value. 14326 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14327 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14328 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14329 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14330 delete Vec; 14331 } 14332 } 14333 14334 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14335 bool AllowMask) const { 14336 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14337 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14338 14339 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14340 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14341 14342 if (R.second) { 14343 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14344 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14345 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14346 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14347 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14348 } 14349 } 14350 14351 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14352 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14353 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14354 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14355 // 14356 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14357 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14358 // likely a logic error. 14359 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14360 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14361 } 14362 14363 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14364 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14365 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14366 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14367 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14368 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14369 14370 if (Attr) 14371 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14372 14373 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14374 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14375 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14376 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14377 if (!ECD) continue; 14378 14379 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14380 } 14381 14382 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14383 return; 14384 } 14385 14386 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14387 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14388 // emit a warning. 14389 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14390 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14391 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14392 14393 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14394 // reverse the list. 14395 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14396 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14397 14398 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14399 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14400 14401 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14402 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14403 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14404 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14405 14406 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14407 14408 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14409 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14410 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14411 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14412 else 14413 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14414 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14415 14416 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14417 if (AllElementsInt) 14418 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14419 } 14420 14421 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14422 QualType BestType; 14423 unsigned BestWidth; 14424 14425 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14426 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14427 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14428 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14429 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14430 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14431 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14432 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14433 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14434 QualType BestPromotionType; 14435 14436 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14437 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14438 // enum definitions. 14439 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14440 Packed = true; 14441 14442 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14443 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14444 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14445 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14446 else 14447 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14448 14449 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14450 } 14451 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14452 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14453 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14454 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14455 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14456 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14457 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14458 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14459 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14460 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14461 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14462 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14463 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14464 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14465 } else { 14466 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14467 14468 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14469 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14470 } else { 14471 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14472 14473 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14474 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14475 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14476 } 14477 } 14478 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14479 } else { 14480 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14481 // all of the enumerator values. 14482 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14483 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14484 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14485 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14486 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14487 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14488 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14489 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14490 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14491 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14492 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14493 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14494 BestPromotionType 14495 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14496 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14497 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14498 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14499 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14500 BestPromotionType 14501 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14502 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14503 } else { 14504 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14505 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14506 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14507 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14508 BestPromotionType 14509 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14510 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14511 } 14512 } 14513 14514 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14515 // the type of the enum if needed. 14516 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14517 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14518 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14519 14520 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14521 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14522 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14523 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14524 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14525 14526 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14527 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14528 14529 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14530 // the enum decl type. 14531 QualType NewTy; 14532 unsigned NewWidth; 14533 bool NewSign; 14534 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14535 !Enum->isFixed() && 14536 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14537 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14538 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14539 NewSign = true; 14540 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14541 // Already the right type! 14542 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14543 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14544 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14545 // enumeration. 14546 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14547 continue; 14548 } else { 14549 NewTy = BestType; 14550 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14551 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14552 } 14553 14554 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14555 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14556 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14557 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14558 14559 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14560 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14561 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14562 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14563 CK_IntegralCast, 14564 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14565 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14566 VK_RValue)); 14567 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14568 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14569 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14570 // enumeration. 14571 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14572 else 14573 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14574 } 14575 14576 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14577 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14578 14579 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14580 14581 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14582 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14583 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14584 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14585 14586 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14587 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 14588 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14589 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14590 << ECD << Enum; 14591 } 14592 } 14593 14594 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14595 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14596 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14597 } 14598 14599 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14600 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14601 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14602 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14603 14604 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14605 AsmString, StartLoc, 14606 EndLoc); 14607 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14608 return New; 14609 } 14610 14611 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14612 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 14613 bool FromInclude = false) { 14614 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 14615 14616 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14617 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14618 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14619 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 14620 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 14621 break; 14622 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14623 break; 14624 } 14625 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14626 } 14627 14628 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14629 DC = DC->getParent(); 14630 14631 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14632 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 14633 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 14634 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 14635 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14636 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14637 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 14638 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 14639 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 14640 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14641 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14642 } 14643 } 14644 14645 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 14646 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14647 } 14648 14649 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14650 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14651 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14652 Module *Mod = 14653 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14654 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14655 if (!Mod) 14656 return true; 14657 14658 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14659 14660 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14661 14662 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14663 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14664 // silently ignoring the import. 14665 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14666 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14667 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14668 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14669 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14670 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14671 14672 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14673 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14674 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14675 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14676 // We need the length to be consistent. 14677 if (!ModCheck) 14678 break; 14679 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14680 14681 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14682 } 14683 14684 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14685 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14686 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14687 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14688 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14689 return Import; 14690 } 14691 14692 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14693 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 14694 14695 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14696 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14697 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14698 // 14699 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14700 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14701 TUKind == TU_Module && 14702 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14703 14704 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14705 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14706 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14707 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14708 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14709 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14710 DirectiveLoc); 14711 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14712 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14713 } 14714 14715 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14716 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14717 } 14718 14719 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14720 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14721 14722 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14723 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14724 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14725 } 14726 14727 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14728 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14729 14730 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14731 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14732 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14733 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14734 } 14735 } 14736 14737 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14738 Module *Mod) { 14739 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14740 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14741 return; 14742 14743 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14744 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14745 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14746 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14747 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14748 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14749 14750 // Make the module visible. 14751 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14752 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14753 } 14754 14755 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14756 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14757 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14758 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14759 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14760 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14761 LookupOrdinaryName); 14762 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14763 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14764 14765 // If a declaration that: 14766 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14767 // 2) has external linkage 14768 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14769 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14770 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14771 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14772 else 14773 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14774 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14775 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14776 } else 14777 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14778 } 14779 14780 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14781 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14782 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14783 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14784 14785 if (PrevDecl) { 14786 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14787 } else { 14788 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14789 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14790 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14791 } 14792 } 14793 14794 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14795 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14796 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14797 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14798 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14799 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14800 LookupOrdinaryName); 14801 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14802 14803 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14804 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14805 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14806 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14807 } else { 14808 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14809 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14810 } 14811 } 14812 14813 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14814 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14815 } 14816 14817 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14818 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14819 if (!D) 14820 return AR_Available; 14821 14822 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14823 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14824 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14825 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14826 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14827 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14828 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14829 if (R != AR_Available) 14830 return R; 14831 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14832 } 14833 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14834 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14835 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14836 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14837 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14838 } 14839 // Recover from user error. 14840 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14841 } 14842